Omnicell (NASDAQ: OMCL) outlines automation strategy and market trends
Filing Impact
Filing Sentiment
Form Type
10-K
Rhea-AI Filing Summary
Omnicell, Inc. is a healthcare technology company focused on autonomous medication management across hospitals, health systems, and outpatient pharmacies. The company combines dispensing automation, robotics, and its cloud-based intelligence ecosystem, OmniSphere, to improve safety, labor efficiency, and financial outcomes from central pharmacy to bedside and retail settings.
Omnicell organizes offerings into hospital and health system solutions, outpatient pharmacy solutions, specialty and 340B services, institutional and retail pharmacy support, and patient engagement under its EnlivenHealth brand. In 2024, U.S. prescription drug spending reached
The company generated approximately
Positive
- None.
Negative
- None.
Table of Contents
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
____________________________________________________________________________
FORM 10-K
| (Mark One) | |||||
| ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 | |||||
For the fiscal year ended December 31 , 2025
| OR | |||||
| TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 | |||||
| For the transition period from to | |||||
Commission File No. 000-33043
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
| (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) | (IRS Employer Identification No.) | ||||
(Address of registrant’s principal executive offices, including zip code)
(877 ) 415-9990
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
| Title of each class | Trading Symbol | Name of each exchange on which registered | ||||||||||||
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ý No o
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o No ý
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ý No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ý No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
ý | Accelerated filer | ¨ | Non-accelerated filer | ¨ | Smaller reporting company | Emerging growth company | |||||||||||||||||||||||
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ý
Table of Contents
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. o
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o No ý
The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock, $0.001 par value, held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2025 was $1.3 billion (based upon the closing sales price of such stock as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market on such date) which excludes an aggregate of 716,874 shares of the registrant’s common stock held by officers, directors and affiliated stockholders. For purposes of determining whether a stockholder was an affiliate of the registrant at June 30, 2025, the registrant has assumed that a stockholder was an affiliate of the registrant at June 30, 2025 if such stockholder (i) beneficially owned 10% or more of the registrant’s common stock and/or (ii) was affiliated with an executive officer or director of the registrant at June 30, 2025. Exclusion of such shares should not be construed to indicate that any such person possesses the power, direct or indirect, to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of the registrant or that such person is controlled by or under common control with the registrant.
As of February 18, 2026, there were 45,435,918 shares of the registrant’s common stock, $0.001 par value, outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2026 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Form 10-K are incorporated by reference in Part III, Items 10-14 of this Form 10-K.
Table of Contents
OMNICELL, INC.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
| Page | ||||||||
PART I | ||||||||
Item 1. | Business | 6 | ||||||
Item 1A. | Risk Factors | 23 | ||||||
Item 1B. | Unresolved Staff Comments | 47 | ||||||
Item 1C. | Cybersecurity | 48 | ||||||
Item 2. | Properties | 49 | ||||||
Item 3. | Legal Proceedings | 50 | ||||||
Item 4. | Mine Safety Disclosures | 50 | ||||||
PART II | ||||||||
Item 5. | Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities | 51 | ||||||
Item 6. | [Reserved] | 52 | ||||||
Item 7. | Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations | 53 | ||||||
Item 7A. | Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk | 65 | ||||||
Item 8. | Financial Statements and Supplementary Data | 66 | ||||||
Item 9. | Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure | 66 | ||||||
Item 9A. | Controls and Procedures | 66 | ||||||
Item 9B. | Other Information | 66 | ||||||
Item 9C. | Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections | 66 | ||||||
PART III | ||||||||
Item 10. | Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance | 67 | ||||||
Item 11. | Executive Compensation | 67 | ||||||
Item 12. | Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters | 67 | ||||||
Item 13. | Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence | 68 | ||||||
Item 14. | Principal Accountant Fees and Services | 68 | ||||||
PART IV | ||||||||
Item 15. | Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules | 69 | ||||||
Item 16. | Form 10-K Summary | 69 | ||||||
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms | F-1 | |||||||
| OTHER | ||||||||
Signatures | S-1 | |||||||
3
Table of Contents
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND FACTORS THAT MAY AFFECT FUTURE RESULTS
This Annual Report on Form 10-K (or “Annual Report”) contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). The forward-looking statements are contained throughout this Annual Report including in the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “could,” “estimates,” “expects,” “forecasts,” “goals,” “intends,” “may,” “plans,” “potential,” “predicts,” “projects,” “seeks,” “should,” “target,” “will,” “would,” “vision,” and variations of these terms and similar expressions.
Forward-looking statements are based on our current expectations and assumptions, and are subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control, which may cause our actual results, performance, or achievements to be materially different from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements. Such risks and uncertainties include those described throughout this Annual Report, including in Part I - Item 1A. “Risk Factors” and Part II - Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Given these risks and uncertainties, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements should be considered in light of these risks and uncertainties. You should carefully read this Annual Report and the documents that we reference in this Annual Report and have filed as exhibits, as well as other documents we file with, or furnish to, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) from time to time, with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. The forward-looking statements in this Annual Report represent our current estimates and assumptions and speak only as of the date of this Annual Report. Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update any forward-looking statements publicly, or to update the reasons actual results could differ materially from those expressed or implied in any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of changed circumstances, future events, even if new information becomes available in the future, or otherwise.
The following risks related to our business, among others, could cause actual results to differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements:
•unfavorable general economic and market conditions, including the potential impact of inflationary pressures;
•our ability to take advantage of growth opportunities and develop and commercialize new solutions and enhance existing solutions;
•reductions in demand in the capital equipment market or reductions in the demand for, or adoption of, our solutions, systems, or services;
•our ability to successfully achieve anticipated growth targets or market adoption;
•delays in installations of our medication management solutions or our more complex medication packaging systems;
•delays, technical challenges and unexpected or greater than anticipated expenses associated with developing new products and services or failing to achieve technological or economic feasibility, obtain regulatory approval or gain market acceptance resulting in stopping the development of, or the continued offering of, a product or service;
•periods of significant volatility due to geopolitical developments;
•credit, collection, and operational challenges from providing lease financing options to our customers;
•disruptions to our information technology systems and breaches of data security or cyber-attacks on our systems or solutions;
•incorporating artificial intelligence (“AI”) technology into our products, services and processes, and the use of AI by our vendors and competitors;
•failing to maintain expected service levels when providing our SaaS and Expert Services or retaining our SaaS and Expert Services customers;
•meeting the demands of, or maintaining relationships with, GPOs, institutional, retail, and specialty pharmacy customers;
•inability to secure or maintain access to existing and future specialty drugs or pharmacy provider networks for our specialty pharmacy customers;
4
Table of Contents
•continued and increased competition from current and future competitors in the hospital and health system solutions and outpatient pharmacy solutions markets;
•selling more products and services on a subscription basis;
•our substantial debt obligations;
•effectiveness of business continuity plans during any future cybersecurity incidents;
•our ability to acquire companies, businesses, or technologies and successfully integrate such acquisitions;
•failure to realize the potential benefits of acquired businesses, or impaired goodwill or other intangible assets in connection with prior acquisitions;
•government regulations, legislative changes, fraud and anti-kickback statutes, products liability claims, the outcome of legal proceedings, and other legal obligations related to healthcare, privacy, data protection, and information security, and the costs of compliance with, and potential liability associated with, our actual or perceived failure to comply with such obligations;
•changes to the 340B Program;
•operating in foreign countries and risks relating to our international supply chain, including the potential impact of political unrest, terrorism, other potential hostilities, threats of terrorism or potential hostilities, or tariffs;
•covenants in our credit agreement could restrict our business and operations;
•financial institution and money market fund concentration;
•climate change, legal, regulatory or market measures to address climate change and a focus on ESG matters by various stakeholders;
•catastrophic events may disrupt our business;
•recruiting and retaining skilled and motivated personnel;
•protecting our intellectual property;
•availability and sources of raw materials and components, price fluctuations and an inability to pass increased costs on to our customers, or shortages or interruptions of supply;
•dependence on a limited number of suppliers for certain components, equipment, and raw materials, as well as technologies provided by third-party vendors;
•investments in new business strategies or initiatives;
•intellectual property infringement or product liability claims against us;
•fluctuations in quarterly and annual operating results;
•failing to meet (or significantly exceeding) our publicly announced financial guidance; and
•other factors set forth under “Risk Factors.”
Other Information
All references in this Annual Report to “Omnicell,” “our,” “us,” “we,” or “the Company” collectively refer to Omnicell, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its subsidiaries. The term “Omnicell, Inc.” refers only to Omnicell, Inc., excluding its subsidiaries.
We own various registered and unregistered trademarks and service marks used in our business, some of which appear in this Annual Report, including Omnicell®. This Annual Report may also include the trademarks and service marks of other companies. Such trademarks and service marks are the marks of their respective owners.
Information posted on or accessible through websites referenced in this Annual Report is not incorporated by reference or otherwise included in this Annual Report, and any references to these websites are intended to be inactive textual references only.
5
Table of Contents
PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
Overview
Omnicell, a leading healthcare technology provider focused on empowering autonomous medication management, is committed to solving the critical challenges inherent in medication management and elevating the role of clinicians within healthcare as an essential component of care delivery. Omnicell is focused on helping its customers define and deliver a cost-effective medication management strategy designed to equip and empower pharmacists and nurses to focus on patient care rather than administrative tasks, and to drive improved clinical, operational, and financial outcomes across all care settings. We are doing this with an industry-leading medication management infrastructure which includes storage and dispensing automation powered by an intelligence ecosystem. Our comprehensive set of solutions provides the critical foundation for customers to realize the Autonomous Pharmacy, an industry-wide vision defined by pharmacy leaders for improving operational efficiencies and ultimately targeting zero-error medication management alongside 5 other outcomes laid out in the Autonomous Pharmacy framework.
Business Strategy
In 2024, the United States spent $806 billion on prescription drugs, a 10.2% increase from 2023. We believe there are significant challenges facing the practice of pharmacy today. These challenges include, but are not limited to, budget constraints and acute workforce shortages, where 88% of hospitals report technician deficits and 92% lack sufficient sterile compounding expertise. In addition, health systems face rising liability related to drug diversion, with a 61% increase in the average number of investigations per hospital since the beginning of 2023. We also recognize that these challenges may impact the timing of contracting for, or implementation of, our products, solutions, or services. However, we believe that over time these significant challenges facing pharmacists will drive demand for increased automation, visibility, insights, and improved medication management outcomes that our solutions are designed to enable. Because of this, we believe that our solutions are well-positioned to address the evolving needs of healthcare institutions and therefore present opportunities for long-term growth.
In an effort to address these challenges and deliver solutions to help drive positive medication management outcomes, we continue to make significant investments in our research and development efforts to further advance the industry-defined vision of the Autonomous Pharmacy. Furthermore, we believe a combination of dispensing automation and an intelligence ecosystem is needed in every care setting where medications are managed. We are focused on delivering solutions to help our customers realize the industry-defined vision of the Autonomous Pharmacy and driving positive medication management outcomes with superior customer experience in two core market categories through:
•Hospital and Health System Solutions: This category enables the end-to-end medication process across the entire continuum of care. It unifies Central Pharmacy automation, robotics, and IV sterile compounding with Point of Care automated dispensing in Nursing Units and Operating Room/Procedural areas. From the loading dock to the bedside, this is designed to provide for medication safety, availability, and workflow efficiency. This category also supports Consolidated Pharmacy Service Center operations.
•Points of Care. As a market leader, we anticipate continued expansion into this product market as customers increasingly utilize our dispensing systems in more areas within hospitals and ambulatory care settings. The 2025–2028 healthcare landscape, however, faces significant fiscal headwinds driven by sweeping changes in health policy, specifically the One Big Beautiful Bill Act (“OBBBA”), which is expected to result in a $910 billion Medicaid spending reduction across states. Coupled with rising input costs from tariffs and acute labor shortages, these pressures are likely to further compress operating margins. We believe this financial strain makes the status quo unsustainable, which we anticipate compelling health systems to focus on capital efficiency and operational resilience through accelerated investments in pharmacy modernization, especially automation to address labor shortages and advanced analytics to manage rising costs of drug diversion and non-adherence. As hospitals navigate this liquidity challenge, we expect a critical shift in purchasing behavior from traditional capital expenditures to flexible payment models, such as leasing, subscriptions, and “as-a-service” structures, enabling institutions to adopt essential regulatory compliance and safety technologies while preserving operating cash flow.
•Central Pharmacy. This market represents the beginning of medication management in acute care settings. Given the current environment, we believe there is a significant opportunity for automation as many health systems aim to eliminate manual, repetitive, and error-prone processes to address acute workforce shortages. With hospitals facing technician shortages and often lacking adequate sterile compounding expertise, we think automating central pharmacy dispensing and compounding is crucial for reallocating limited labor, enhancing patient safety, and enabling compliance with the new Drug Supply Chain Security Act (“DSCSA”)
6
Table of Contents
requirements. Manual compounding of sterile IV preparations poses safety risks and, when outsourced, can increase costs and supply volatility. Therefore, IV automation offers a key opportunity to standardize sterile workflows, offset the resources currently used for managing drug shortages, and reduce the annual cost of non-optimized medication therapy. We expect these technology-driven services to become increasingly vital as health systems focus on operational resilience amid severe financial pressures.
•Consolidated Pharmacy Service Center Automation and Robotics. Health Systems are increasingly realizing savings from a Consolidated Pharmacy Service Center (“CPSC”) model. The CPSC serves as a strategic hub for centralized inventory management and sterile compounding. By implementing industrial-grade robotics and carousels at the CPSC, health systems can achieve economies of scale, streamlining the serialized receiving process required for DSCSA compliance before inventory reaches hospitals. This centralized approach should help preserve margins by optimizing supply chains and reducing waste across the network.
•Outpatient Pharmacy Solutions: Focused on extending care beyond the hospital walls, this category supports outpatient and retail pharmacy growth. It combines Specialty Pharmacy and 340B Third-Party Administrator (“TPA”) services, Medication Adherence technologies (automation and consumables), and the EnlivenHealth platform to help drive better clinical outcomes and medication compliance for clinicians and patients.
•Specialty Pharmacy and 340B Program. We believe that health systems will continue to accelerate investment in programs to improve patient outcomes by utilizing specialty pharmacies and the federal 340B Drug Pricing Program. The 340B Program allows qualified hospitals to stretch federal resources, a critical capability as the program is on track to exceed $200 billion in gross sales by 2026, surpassing the entire Medicare Part B market. In 2024, specialty drugs used for treatment of complex conditions constituted the majority (51.7%) of total prescription expenditures. This sector continues to grow at a higher rate than other drug classes. However, regulatory pressures are intensifying with site-neutral payment cuts. Specialty pharmacies serve as the connection between patients, providers, and payers to streamline access and adherence. We believe a solution designed to help health systems optimize their Health System-Owned Specialty Pharmacy (“HSSP”) and navigate these compliance-complexities will help ensure continuity of care. We believe that a fully optimized specialty pharmacy operation represents one of the largest economic opportunities for hospitals and health systems.
•Institutional Pharmacy. The U.S. institutional pharmacy industry provides closed-door medication dispensing, clinical support, and medication adherence services for long-term care (“LTC”), correctional, rehabilitation and behavioral health, and hospice facilities. The market size of the institutional pharmacies industry in the U.S. is $24 billion with 1,100 businesses servicing this sector and characterized by a high concentration in national operators. LTC facilities comprise skilled nursing facilities, assisted living communities, senior living centers, and home and community-based care settings. LTC pharmacies typically operate under more stringent regulatory, packaging, and labor requirements than retail pharmacies, which may result in structurally higher operating costs. As a result of projected demographic aging and the increasing complexity of managing chronic disease across LTC populations, we expect market demand to continue to rise. The LTC industry is currently undergoing a transition driven by reimbursement pressures, regulatory expansion, and workforce shortages. Legislative and pricing reforms, including updates to Medicare Part D, have increased financial strain on smaller LTC providers, which we believe will accelerate a shift toward centralized, automation-enabled fulfillment models that are designed to improve efficiency, standardize quality, and support compliance with evolving documentation and oversight requirements. Through our outpatient pharmacy solutions, we also serve adjacent outpatient institutional markets, including correctional facilities’ pharmacy providers. Additionally, we provide pharmacy services to individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (“IDD”), a market currently experiencing rising demand due to increased prevalence. IDD pharmacy services require specialized packaging, adherence technologies, and close coordination with caregivers and community-based support organizations.
7
Table of Contents
•Retail. Total U.S. prescription dispensing revenues across retail, mail-order, long-term care, and specialty pharmacies reached approximately $683 billion in 2024, up 9% from 2023, a surge driven primarily by the rapid adoption of GLP-1 agonists and specialty immunotherapies rather than volume alone. Additionally, the shift of outpatient care from hospitals and physician offices to other more convenient settings, such as retail pharmacies and the home, continues to be a growing trend. New technologies and increased scope of practice for pharmacists appear to be spurring innovation and expansion of the provision of clinical services by retail pharmacies. We believe this development, combined with the move to value-based care, will drive the adoption of our patient engagement offerings. These solutions are intended to help providers (including pharmacists) engage patients in new ways that are expected to improve outcomes, reduce the total cost of care, and lead to more profitable operations.
Products and Services
Our products and services span the evolving continuum of care, including inpatient, outpatient, and retail settings. We provide a range of points of care medication and supply dispensing systems, including automated systems. We also offer advanced automation solutions including robotics designed to automate work, streamline workflows, and reduce human error. Across these settings, we provide central pharmacy automation solutions for both medication dispensing and IV compounding. We also provide patient engagement solutions to help improve adherence to prescriptions. With certain automation and technology-enabled service offerings, we provide expert services designed to help optimize utilization through subscription agreements, inclusive of expert personnel to operate the equipment. Our offerings include:
Hospital and Health Systems Solutions
Serving as the connective tissue for the enterprise, our intelligence ecosystem, OmniSphere, is built to unify the hardware and software portfolio through a platform plus analytics layer. By leveraging cloud-based data and predictive insights, it is designed to provide health systems with enterprise-wide visibility to optimize inventory, detect diversion, and streamline decision-making across the entire network.
Points of Care
Our automation solutions for points of care are designed to improve clinician workflows in patient care areas of the healthcare system, such as nursing units, patient wards, operating rooms, and emergency departments. Automated dispensing systems are an essential part of medication management because they are designed to safeguard medications, including controlled substances, and provide automation to track inventory. We strive to continually innovate our automated dispensing systems by designing features that are intended to help our customers close gaps in safety and enable clinicians to spend less time managing medications and more time caring for patients.
Our next-generation Automated Dispensing System, Titan XT, integrates modern cabinet hardware with a cloud platform and a cloud-native software and intelligence ecosystem, OmniSphere. We are seeing customers seek to maximize the value of existing automated dispensing system investments and continue to invest in next-generation enhancements and solutions for points of care. We believe that customers will upgrade their current installed base over time as we deliver these new solutions to market. We also believe there is a future opportunity for us to expand this offering and define a new standard for dispensing systems in ambulatory settings. We believe our next generation solutions for Points of Care and new innovations and services will continue to help customers drive improved clinical and financial outcomes. Titan XT builds on our XT Series automated dispensing systems for medications and supplies, which are used in nursing units and other clinical areas of the hospital, and is designed to support workflows specific to each area of the hospital, with various software and hardware options.
XTExtend, a comprehensive console swap for our XT cabinets, is designed to continue to maximize value for hospitals, health systems, and post-acute care facilities that have already invested in Omnicell’s XT Series automated dispensing system and are seeking to enhance the capabilities of these devices in an effort to improve clinical and operational outcomes even further.
Central Pharmacy
Our Central Pharmacy Dispensing Service, which combines advanced robotic technology, optimization and workflow software, as well as onsite and remote experts, is intended to automate and optimize the most cumbersome aspects of the medication dispensing process. This comprehensive service is designed to help health systems enhance patient safety, improve dispensing accuracy, reduce medication dispensing errors and waste, and streamline workflows to enable pharmacy labor resources to focus on higher value tasks.
The expansion of many health systems across broad geographic regions due to mergers and acquisitions activity and organic growth has created increased interest for many customers in the Centralized Services model for enterprise-wide
8
Table of Contents
medication distribution. This model seeks to help create a more scalable and standardized environment but can be costly and time consuming for a health system to implement on its own. Our Central Med Automation Service integrates advanced robotics and smart devices with innovative software and expert services in an effort to help health systems quickly establish and optimize a flexible and scalable Centralized Services Center that streamlines medication dispensing, reduces manual tasks, optimizes resource allocation, and standardizes processes throughout the health system.
Our IV Compounding Service seeks to help health systems reduce outsourcing costs, minimize operating room drug waste, improve patient safety, and gain supply chain control by bringing IV compounding in-house. This solution combines advanced IV robotics, analytics tools, and onsite and remote experts in order to help optimize IV accuracy, sterility, and outcomes, while improving supply chain control.
Outpatient Pharmacy Solutions
We are expanding our products and solutions in the outpatient market as our customers continue to expand their operations outside the hospital. These solutions target specific outpatient markets and are aligned with our strategy to provide medication management infrastructure powered by an intelligence ecosystem, OmniSphere.
Specialty Pharmacy and 340B
Specialty medications have become the dominant financial driver for many of our customers, as specialty medications accounted for up to 51.7% of total drug expenditures in 2024. However, health systems face converging headwinds in 2026, including site-neutral payment cuts and Inflation Reduction Act-driven 340B margin compression, which threaten traditional revenue streams. We believe the acceleration of medically integrated dispensing will help navigate the risk of these policy changes.
Our Specialty Pharmacy Services offering provides a turnkey solution designed to help health systems establish, manage, and optimize an entity-owned specialty pharmacy. Delivered through a risk-share commercial model, this solution enables health systems, Federally Qualified Health Centers, and provider groups to support onsite management of specialty services, including payer contracting, centralized staffing, and licensing.
Crucially, our platform integrates essential technology enablers to address the growing complexity of the market:
•Automated Prior Authorization (“PA”): built to streamline approval workflows to reduce administrative burden and accelerate time-to-therapy.
•340B Optimization & Compliance: robust management of split-billing and audit readiness to navigate evolving federal reporting requirements and prevent revenue leakage.
This offering is designed to drive specialty growth and cost savings, improve access to limited distribution drugs, and increase physician utilization for targeted disease states, to help our customers navigate external reimbursement turbulence.
EnlivenHealth Platform
Our EnlivenHealth brand extends beyond the inpatient setting and into ambulatory care. This brand offers a portfolio of products designed to digitally enable retail and community pharmacies with connected patient engagement and clinical and financial workflows intended to elevate the patient-pharmacy experience and enhance financial performance.
Our patient engagement solutions are designed to better educate, inform, and enrich patients’ lives through personalized interactive voice response, outbound communications, and mobile app offerings. We also enable digital delivery of medication information (medication guides, vaccine information sheets, and drug monographs) in an effort to unlock patient preferences, staff efficiency, and environmental value. Additionally, our clinical workflows help enable pharmacies to accelerate health and wellness in their community through targeted patient interventions, appointment scheduling, immunization, medication therapy management, medication synchronization, and Medicare plan comparisons. Furthermore, our financial workflows are designed to streamline payments, cashflow, and claims for durable medical equipment, vaccination, clinical care, and specialty drugs through medical billing and reconciliation solutions. These digitally enabled services provide data-driven intelligence to help optimize pharmacy operations, as well as patient adherence and outcomes.
Medication Adherence
Our medication adherence solutions, which include consumables and medication packaging systems, are designed to improve pharmacy operations and patient adherence to prescriptions. These solutions are used by institutional pharmacies serving long-term care and other non-acute healthcare facilities, as well as retail, community, and outpatient pharmacies.
9
Table of Contents
Our single-dose automation solutions allow customers to fill and label a variety of patient-specific, single-dose medication blister packages based on incoming prescriptions. Our fully automated and semi-automated filling equipment is designed specifically for institutional pharmacies with enough order volume to warrant automated packaging of medications. Our automated solutions interface with pharmacy information systems to obtain prescription information. In addition to these products, we recently entered into a partnership with Safecor Health to provide prepackaged single-dose medication blister packages directly to our customers. This reduces the need for our customers to package on site and instead receive drugs prepacked in our blister packages as a service.
For multi-medication prescriptions, we offer software that guides users through the manual filling process to help streamline workflow with a goal of increased packaging accuracy. In addition, we also offer a wide range of medication blister card packaging and packaging supplies designed to enhance medication adherence in a variety of non-acute care settings.
Professional, Technical, and Customer Success Services
Our Professional Services offerings for health system pharmacies include technology implementation, customer education and training, program management, and related offerings designed to help customers use our products. We view our customers as partners in the pursuit of better health outcomes for patients and improved satisfaction for the clinicians who serve them.
After Omnicell solutions are implemented, our Customer Success team provides support through remote and onsite experts who help customers fully adopt and optimize utilization of our solutions.
Our technical services include post-installation support and maintenance via phone and/or web, on-site service, parts, and access to software upgrades. Product support is available through fixed-period service contracts and on a time-and-materials basis. Onsite service is provided by our field service team.
Retail Pharmacy and Hospital Automation Outside the United States
Additional solutions sold outside the United States include integrated software and hardware products designed to provide full traceability of medicines and medical supplies throughout the healthcare system, from delivery to the point of consumption. This includes automated dispensing systems used in hospitals and retail pharmacies for handling the stocking and retrieval of both boxed and unit-dose medications. For management of medical supplies, a specialized cabinet that uses radio frequency identification is also available, which is designed to improve picking and restocking workflows for nurses and surgeons.
Advancing Our Solutions
With more than 30 years of experience delivering medication management solutions, Omnicell believes a portfolio of dispensing automation powered by an intelligence ecosystem, OmniSphere, will help deliver improved medication management outcomes. Because thousands of facilities utilize our services and solutions, we believe we can provide actionable insights to help customers better understand their medication usage and improve pharmacy supply chain management. We offer specialized services and analytics software designed to help healthcare facilities improve their bottom line and patient care by harnessing data from automation and other systems.
Operating Segments
We manage our operations as a single segment for the purposes of assessing performance and making operating decisions. Our Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) is our Chief Executive Officer. The CODM allocates resources and evaluates the performance of Omnicell at the consolidated level using our consolidated net income (loss). In addition, the CODM is provided with certain segment assets and liabilities, primarily those that impact liquidity, as well as certain significant expenses. All significant operating decisions are based upon an analysis of Omnicell as one operating segment, which is the same as our reporting segment.
Industry Background and Market
We believe our solutions support the industry-defined vision of the Autonomous Pharmacy, are strongly aligned with trends in the healthcare market, and are well-positioned to address the evolving needs of healthcare institutions.
The healthcare industry continues to experience a significant degree of consolidation, with healthcare providers combining to create larger healthcare delivery organizations. We believe this trend has increased the market’s need for integrated medication management solutions on a unified platform to help improve clinical and financial outcomes for both inpatient and outpatient settings. Our portfolio of dispensing automation powered by an intelligence ecosystem combined with innovation, is designed with this objective in mind.
10
Table of Contents
In addition, healthcare providers and facilities are currently facing significant financial challenges and operational pressures. In 2024, the United States spent $806 billion on prescription drugs, a 10.2% increase from 2023. In 2024, specialty medications constituted 51.7% of this total spend. Concurrently, health systems are navigating sweeping changes in health policy and potential legislative actions that are estimated to result in a $910 billion reduction in direct reimbursements over the coming years. For health systems, the cumulative effect of revenue loss and cost increases, including rising tariffs and labor costs, is projected to severely compress operating margins. These factors have elevated the strategic importance of medication management and pharmacy automation as essential tools for capital efficiency and operational resilience.
Furthermore, while complexities in medication management have increased over time along with the volume of patients and medications, many manual processes are still used, resulting in inefficient tracking and delivery of medications and supplies. For example, staff time spent on managing drug shortages is often equivalent to that of approximately 1.5 Full-Time Employees in large hospitals. In addition, many existing healthcare information systems are unable to support the modernization of healthcare delivery processes or address mandated patient safety initiatives. These factors contribute to medical errors and unnecessary process costs across the healthcare sector including in medication management.
Regulation and industry guidelines, including those from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, Drug Enforcement Administration, and The Joint Commission (an organization that accredits U.S. health care organizations and programs), continue to drive an environment of increased patient safety and regulatory control. Key compliance deadlines, such as the November 27, 2025 DSCSA interoperability deadline, are accelerating the need for advanced software backbones. Additionally, there is an intensified focus on controlled substance management. HealthcareDiversion.org estimates that roughly 10% of all healthcare workers are anticipated to steal opioids and other substances from patients and hospitals at some point in their career. This risk is becoming more visible, with diversion investigations rising 61% since the beginning of 2023 according to recent industry reports. Against this backdrop, healthcare organizations will likely be driven to prioritize investments in capital equipment and analytics, including pharmacy automation, to mitigate liability and ensure “zero-defect” workflows.
Medication non-adherence is widely recognized as a common and costly problem. Poor adherence results in increased hospital readmissions, deteriorated treatment outcomes, and avoidable healthcare costs. With millions of Americans taking multiple medications routinely, we believe pharmacists need ways to support the arduous task of maintaining patient adherence. We believe our EnlivenHealth portfolio has the potential to reduce admissions and emergency department visits and improve patient health by increasing medication adherence.
The workforce crisis remains a primary concern for hospital executives. While the nurse workforce has seen some stabilization, the national demand for registered nurses is projected to exceed supply by 9% by 2036. The shortage of pharmacy technicians is even more acute and critical to pharmacy operations. We believe these labor deficits validate the urgent need for automation as a labor offset strategy.
Omnicell’s medication management infrastructure, which includes dispensing automation powered by an intelligence ecosystem, is designed to automate many labor-intensive medication management tasks. We believe this will help healthcare providers optimize the use of existing pharmacy staff, effectively addressing the sterile compounding expertise gap among pharmacy technicians, indicated in 92% of hospitals, and freeing up clinicians’ time enabling them to focus on higher-value, patient-engaging activities.
Furthermore, the healthcare industry has experienced a significant degree of consolidation. This consolidation may require us to adapt how we market, sell, or distribute our products. Similarly, healthcare providers have consolidated to create larger healthcare delivery organizations. As market demands, government regulations, and societal pressures continue to cause the healthcare industry to evolve, it could result in further business consolidations and alliances among the industry participants with whom we engage and compete.
We believe our industry-leading medication management infrastructure products and services compare favorably with the offerings of our competitors, particularly with respect to the medication management outcomes that we have helped enable our customers to achieve across the continuum of care, from inpatient to outpatient, in each setting of care where medications are managed. We believe we have a strongly differentiated outcome-centric approach to medication management that combines dispensing automation powered by an intelligence ecosystem.
Government Regulation
Our global operations may be affected by a variety of complex state, federal, and international laws and regulations. These laws and regulations relate to healthcare (including medical devices and pharmaceuticals); privacy and information security; compliance; import and export; trade; healthcare fraud, waste and abuse (including anti-kickback and false claims laws); environmental standards; anti-corruption and anti-bribery; labor and employment, as well as other areas of focus.
11
Table of Contents
Privacy and Security
We receive, store, and process personal information and other data from our customers, employees, and service providers. Our customers also use our products and/or services to obtain and store their personal information, including protected health information (as defined by the Health Information Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 and its implementing regulations, collectively “HIPAA”), from their patients and customers and sometimes personal information of their employees. As a result, we and our customers are subject to various laws and regulations related to privacy, data protection, and information security. In the United States (“U.S.”), these include federal and state health information privacy and security laws (such as HIPAA), federal and state breach notification laws, and state laws that address the privacy and security of personal information and protected health information. Internationally, various foreign jurisdictions in which we operate, including, but not limited to, the United Kingdom (“UK”) and the European Union (the “EU”), have established comprehensive data privacy and security legal frameworks with which we or our customers are or may be subject to including, for example, the UK’s General Data Protection Regulation and Data Protection Act 2018 (collectively, the “UK GDPR”) and the EU’s General Data Protection Regulation (the “EU GDPR” and, together with the UK GDPR, the “GDPR”). The GDPR imposes accountability and transparency requirements, data protection requirements, reporting obligations, and international transfer restrictions. In addition, the U.S. Department of Justice’s (“DOJ”) Data Security Program Rule (the “DSP Rule” or “Rule”) aims at preventing access to “bulk U.S. sensitive personal data” and “government-related data” by “countries of concern” (e.g., China, Russia, Iran, North Korea, Cuba, and Venezuela) and “covered persons” (as all such terms are defined in the DSP Rule). The Rule imposes stringent obligations on companies within its scope and prohibits or restricts “covered data transactions” that grant countries of concern or covered persons access to bulk U.S. sensitive personal data or any amount of “government-related data.”
Artificial Intelligence (AI)
The regulatory landscape governing data, digital services, and artificial intelligence continues to evolve rapidly. In the U.S., during the 2025 legislative session, over 1,080 AI-related bills were introduced across U.S. state legislatures, resulting in approximately 100 enacted measures across 38 jurisdictions addressing AI-generated content labeling, whistleblower protections, transparency requirements, and intellectual property protections. This legislative activity builds upon the 99 AI-specific laws enacted in 2024 and 18 resolutions adopted in 2023, reflecting sustained momentum in AI regulation at the state level.
At the international level, the European Union AI Act entered into force with key provisions becoming applicable in 2025, including prohibitions on certain high-risk AI systems and compliance obligations for general-purpose AI models. These requirements impact both our customers operating within the EU and our third-party service providers, potentially affecting our product offerings and operational practices in European markets.
The United Kingdom (the “UK”) has adopted a divergent regulatory approach, maintaining its principles-based framework established in March 2023 and reaffirmed in the 2025 AI Opportunities Action Plan. Rather than comprehensive statutory regulation, the UK emphasizes a pro-innovation strategy centered on regulatory sandboxes and sector-specific oversight by existing regulatory bodies. However, the UK government has indicated that future legislation addressing risks associated with advanced AI models remains under consideration.
The proliferation of AI regulations across multiple jurisdictions creates compliance complexity and may require modifications to our products, services, and business practices. We continue to monitor these developments and assess their potential impact on our operations.
Product Development, Manufacture and Sales
In the U.S., the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) regulates medical devices, pharmaceutical and biological products, including via the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (“FD&C Act”), the Public Health Service Act (“PHSA”), and their respective implementing regulations. Medical devices, pharmaceuticals and certain products are subject to rigorous regulation in the U.S. by the FDA, and by federal, state and local statutes and regulations, including regulation by governmental agency regulations in the United States (for example by the U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration (“DEA”)); and on an international basis, such products are regulated by governmental and regulatory agencies and bodies in the applicable foreign countries. Noncompliance with applicable requirements can result in import detentions, fines, false claims, civil monetary penalties, injunctions, suspensions or losses of regulatory approvals or licenses, recall or seizure of products, operating restrictions, denial of export applications, governmental prohibitions on entering into supply contracts, and criminal prosecution.
Products designated or classified as medical devices may also be subject to various regulatory requirements, including as applicable, FDA premarket clearance or approval; establishment registration and device listing; complaint handling; notification and repair, replace, refund; mandatory recalls; unique device identifier requirements; reports of removals and
12
Table of Contents
corrections; cybersecurity requirements; and post-marketing surveillance. There are additional regulations relating to the packaging, distribution, marking, marketing and claims with respect to FDA regulated solutions and products. Certain of our products and solutions are regulated by the FDA and require 510(k) clearance under the FD&C Act prior to commercialization and marketing. However, the manufacture and sale of most of our current medication management solutions are not regulated by either the FDA or the DEA. However, the pharmacy, dispensing, and compounding activities of other persons (our customers) that use our current medication management solutions may be subject to regulation by those agencies and by individual state boards of pharmacy. With respect to our products and solutions, we manufacture and develop specifications for products classified as Class I and Class II medical devices, which are subject to FDA regulation and require compliance with certain FDA regulations and requirements, including the FDA Quality System Regulation and FDA regulations for medical device reporting. We also offer a sterile consumable product that required FDA 510(k) clearance prior to marketing and distribution.
Similarly, certain provisions of the FD&C Act govern the approval, manufacture, handling, distribution, and tracking and tracing of pharmaceuticals. The FD&C Act also regulates which medications may be compounded, and how certain compounded medications may be manufactured, distributed, and dispensed. Companies engaged in distributing or dispensing compounded pharmaceuticals may be subject to a number of requirements enforced by the FDA or other U.S. regulatory agencies, such as the DEA and state boards of pharmacy. These requirements may include compliance with United States Pharmacopoeia (“USP”) and National Formulary standards, certificates of analysis, facility registration, and compliance with current good manufacturing practice (“cGMP”).
Furthermore, our customers may also be subject to other laws, rules, or regulations that apply to dispensers and licensing and other requirements under laws governing, and regulations promulgated by, state boards of pharmacy, including those, as applicable, that apply to compounding facilities.
Credentialing and Reimbursement
We also provide services and solutions to independent and health system specialty pharmacies that may require us to observe U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (“DHHS”) regulations for credentialing of providers (pharmacists).
In the United States we are neither enrolled in nor participate under Medicare or any state Medicaid program, and do not submit claims on our behalf to Medicare, Medicaid, or other government or commercial third-party payers for reimbursement.
Healthcare Regulations
Our current and future arrangements with healthcare professionals, consultants, customers and third-party payors expose us to broadly applicable healthcare regulation and enforcement by the U.S. federal government and the states and foreign governments in which we conduct our business, such as regulations addressing fraud and abuse, transparency and health information privacy rules and regulations. The most common healthcare laws and regulations that may impact our or our customers’ operations include but are not limited to:
•The federal Anti-Kickback Statute, a criminal law which prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering, or paying any “remuneration” (including any kickback or bribe), directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, to induce, or in return for, either the referral of an individual, or the purchase, lease, order, arranging for, or recommending the purchase, lease, or order of any item or service for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under federal healthcare programs (like Medicare or Medicaid). A person or entity can be found guilty of violating the statute without actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it. A conviction for violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute can result in criminal fines and/or imprisonment and requires mandatory exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs. Exclusion from the federal healthcare programs may also be imposed if the government determines that an entity has committed acts that are prohibited by the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. Although there are a number of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute protecting certain common business arrangements and activities from prosecution or regulatory sanctions, the exceptions and safe harbors are drawn narrowly, and practices that involve remuneration to those who prescribe, purchase, or recommend pharmaceutical and biological products, may be subject to scrutiny if they do not fit squarely within an exception or safe harbor. Our or our customers’ practices may not in all cases meet all of the criteria for safe harbor protection from Anti-Kickback Statute liability.
•Federal civil and criminal false claims laws, including the civil False Claims Act (“FCA”), which prohibits, among other things: (i) knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment of government funds that are false or fraudulent; (ii) knowingly making, or using or causing to be made or used, a false record or statement material to a false or fraudulent claim; (iii) knowingly making, using or causing to made or used a false record or statement material to an obligation to pay money to the government; or (iv) knowingly concealing or knowingly and improperly
13
Table of Contents
avoiding, decreasing, or concealing an obligation to pay money to the federal government. Under the FCA it is illegal to submit claims for payment to Medicare or Medicaid that an individual knows or should know are false or fraudulent; no specific intent to defraud is required. The civil FCA defines “knowing” to include not only actual knowledge but also instances in which the person acted in deliberate ignorance or reckless disregard of the truth or falsity of the information. Filing false claims may result in fines of up to three times the programs' loss plus $11,000 per claim filed. Under the civil FCA, each instance of an item or a service billed to Medicare or Medicaid counts as a claim. The fact that a claim results from a kickback or is made in violation of the Stark Law (as defined herein) also may render it false or fraudulent, creating liability under the civil FCA as well as the Anti-Kickback Statute or Stark Law.
Private individuals, commonly known as “whistleblowers,” can bring FCA qui tam actions, on behalf of the government and may share in amounts paid by the entity to the government in recovery or settlement. In addition, as noted above, a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the FCA. Moreover, entities can be held liable under the FCA even when they do not submit claims directly to government payers if they are deemed to “cause” the submission of false or fraudulent claims. FCA liability is potentially significant in the healthcare industry because the statute provides for treble damages and significant mandatory penalties per false or fraudulent claim or statement for violations. Such per-claim penalties are currently set at $13,508 to $27,018 per false claim or statement for penalties assessed after January 30, 2023, with respect to violations occurring after November 2, 2015. Under the criminal FCA penalties for submitting false claims include imprisonment and criminal fines; the Office of Inspector General (“OIG”) of the DHHS also may impose administrative civil monetary penalties for false or fraudulent claims.
•HIPAA imposes criminal liability and civil monetary penalties for executing a scheme to defraud any health care benefit program or making false statements relating to health care matters. HIPAA, which, among other things, prohibits knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private third-party payers, and prohibits (i) knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing, or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious, or fraudulent statement or representation and (ii) making or using any false writing or document knowing the same to contain any materially false, fictitious, or fraudulent statement or entry in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items, or services. Similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity can be found guilty of violating the HIPAA fraud provisions without actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it.
In addition to the fraud and abuse considerations, in relation to the HIPAA Security Rule, the DHHS, in January 2025, issued a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (“Proposed Rule”) aiming to strengthen cybersecurity protections and better defend against cyber threats targeting the U.S. health care system. The Proposed Rule attempts to strengthen the requirements of the HIPAA Security Rule by clarifying and revising definitions and removing the distinction between “required” and “addressable” implementation specifications. The Proposed Rule adds new implementation requirements to better help ensure that HIPAA-regulated entities implement compliance activities consistent with industry standard best practices, such as the NIST Cybersecurity Framework. Regulated entities would be required to document, in writing, all HIPAA Security Rule policies and procedures. At this point, the future of the Proposed Rule is unclear, as the newly elected U.S. administration will likely determine whether to move forward with the rulemaking process; currently the rule’s finalization remains on the DHHS’ Office for Civil Rights’ regulatory agenda for May 2026.
•The Federal Civil Monetary Penalties Law, which authorizes the imposition of substantial civil monetary penalties against an entity that engages in activities including, among others (i) knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, a claim for services not provided as claimed or that is otherwise false or fraudulent in any way; (ii) arranging for or contracting with an individual or entity that is excluded from participation in federal healthcare programs to provide items or services reimbursable by a federal healthcare program; (iii) violations of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute; or (iv) failing to report and return a known overpayment. The OIG may seek civil monetary penalties and sometimes exclusion for a wide variety of conduct and is authorized to seek different amounts of penalties and assessments based on the type of violation at issue. Penalties range from $10,000 to $50,000 per violation.
•Many U.S. states have laws and regulations analogous to Federal fraud and abuse laws, such as individual state anti-kickback, fee-splitting and false claims laws, which may apply to sales or marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payers, including private insurers.
•Various Federal laws, regulations, and agency issued guidance documents govern communications and marketing, including to Medicare enrollees, and establish limits on (or prohibit) compensation paid for lead generation activities, including the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”) Medicare Communications and Marketing
14
Table of Contents
Guidelines (“MCMG”). The OIG has issued fraud alerts addressing commission based sales agent arrangements, highlighting fraud and abuse concerns in relation to same.
•The Health Resources & Services Administration’s 340B Program requires pharmaceutical manufacturers participating in Medicaid to sell covered outpatient drugs at discounted prices to specified health care organizations (called 340B covered entities), including, but not limited to: sole community hospitals, critical access hospitals, rural referral centers, and certain disproportionate share hospitals serving low-income and indigent patients. These 340B covered entities are responsible for certain statutory obligations, such as a prohibition on duplicate discounts and on diversion, and are required to have certain policies and records regarding their compliance with the 340B Program. 340B covered entities may be audited with respect to their 340B Program compliance.
•The Physician Self-Referral Law, commonly referred to as the “Stark Law,” prohibits the submission, or causing the submission, of claims in violation of the law's restrictions on referrals. The Stark Law prohibits a physician from referring Medicare patients to an entity (including pharmacies) for the furnishing of “designated health services,” if the physician or a member of the physician’s immediate family has a direct or indirect “financial relationship” with the entity, unless a specific exception applies. Financial relationships include both ownership/investment interests and compensation arrangements. The law further prohibits the entity from billing for any services that arise out of such prohibited referrals. Certain of these provisions are applicable to the referral of Medicaid patients as well. Designated health services include outpatient prescription drug services; clinical laboratory services; physical therapy, occupational therapy, and outpatient speech-language pathology services; radiology and certain other imaging services; radiation therapy services and supplies; durable medical equipment and supplies; parenteral and enteral nutrients, equipment, and supplies; prosthetics, orthotics, and prosthetic devices and supplies; home health services; outpatient prescription drugs; and inpatient and outpatient hospital services. The Stark Law is a strict liability statute thus the prohibition applies regardless of the rationale for the financial relationship and the reason for ordering the service. Therefore, intent to commit an illegal act is not required in order for the government to prove a violation of the Stark Law. Additionally, some states have enacted statutes and regulations similar to the Stark Law, but which may be applicable to the referral of patients regardless of their payer source and which may apply to different types of services. These state laws may contain statutory and regulatory exceptions that are different from those of the federal law and that may vary from state to state.
•Per the Exclusion Statute the OIG is legally required to exclude from participation in all Federal health care programs individuals and entities convicted of certain types of criminal offenses, including felony convictions for other health-care-related fraud, theft, or other financial misconduct. If a person or entity is excluded by OIG from participation in the Federal health care programs, then Medicare, Medicaid, and other Federal health care programs, such as TRICARE and the Veterans Health Administration, will not pay for items or services that are furnished, ordered, or prescribed.
•The Physician Payments Sunshine Act, as known as “Open Payments”, is a national disclosure program created by the Affordable Care Act that increases transparency into financial relationships between the health care industry and physicians or teaching hospitals. Certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies, among others, are required to report annually to CMS information related to payments and other transfers of value made by that entity to U.S.-licensed physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors), physician assistants, nurse practitioners, clinical nurse specialists, anesthesiologist assistants, certified registered nurse anesthetists, certified nurse midwives, and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members. The CMS collects data annually, and makes it publicly available and searchable online at openpaymentsdata.cms.gov. Individual states have their own “sunshine act reporting laws” which vary from state to state.
•The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act or FCPA, and other anti-corruption laws and regulations (including the United Kingdom Bribery Act) pertaining to financial relationships and interactions with foreign government officials, which prohibit U.S. companies and their employees, officers, and representatives from paying, offering to pay, promising, or authorizing the payment of anything of value to any foreign government official (including, potentially, healthcare professionals in countries in which we may sell products), government staff member, political party, or political candidate to obtain or retain business or to otherwise seek favorable treatment.
Some state laws require medical device and pharmaceutical companies to comply with industry voluntary compliance guidelines (such as the AdvaMed Code of Ethics and PhRMA Code), or the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government (the OIG), in addition to requiring manufacturers to report information related to payments to physicians and other health care providers or marketing expenditures to the extent that those laws impose requirements that are more stringent than the Physician Payments Sunshine Act. In addition, state and local laws may require the registration of sales representatives. State and foreign laws also govern the privacy and security of personal and health information in some
15
Table of Contents
circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts.
Violations of any of the laws discussed above, or any other governmental regulations that apply to us, may subject us to significant fines and penalties, including, without limitation, civil, criminal and administrative penalties, and regulatory agency and judicial sanctions, which could include, among other actions, refusal to approve pending applications, withdrawal of an approval, a clinical hold, warning letters, product recalls or withdrawals from the market, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution injunctions, damages, fines, restitution, disgorgement, or other civil or criminal penalties, as well as additional reporting requirements and oversight if the company becomes subject to a corporate integrity agreement or similar agreement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these laws, the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, refusals of government contracts, exclusion from participation in federal and state healthcare programs (if we were so participating) and imprisonment, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business.
Ex-U.S. Considerations
Since we manufacture and sell our products outside of the United States, certain products of a local nature and variations of product lines must also meet the applicable national, provincial, state and local regulatory requirements of the applicable country (“ex-U.S. regulatory requirements”). Additional risks are inherent to conducting business outside the United States, including more robust information governance and environmental regulations in the European Union, expropriation, nationalization, and other governmental actions. Demand for many of our existing and new products is, and will continue to be, affected by the extent to which ex-U.S. regulatory requirements increase our risk and/or expense to do business in those countries.
Compliance with the laws and regulations applicable to our global operations is costly and requires sufficient resources to actively maintain various governance, risk, and compliance systems in several areas to enable us to keep abreast of the constantly evolving legal and regulatory landscape both in the United States and abroad. These areas include, without limitation, FD&C Act and FDA, Controlled Substances Act and DEA regulations, individual state boards of pharmacy regulations, and laws and regulations regarding AI, quality, privacy, information governance and security, and environmental, health and safety.
We expect that there will continue to be U.S. federal and state laws and regulations and international laws and regulations that are adopted that could impact our operations and business. Any failure to comply with these laws and regulations could result in a range of fines, penalties, damages, individual imprisonment, exclusion from government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, additional reporting obligations and oversight if we become subject to a corporate integrity agreement or other agreement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these laws, and/or other sanctions.
Recent Acquisitions
In addition to our own organic development, we have, from time to time, acquired businesses and technologies that expand our product lines and are strategic fits for our business, and although no material acquisitions were completed in 2024 or 2025, we expect to continue to seek to acquire businesses, technologies, or products in the future.
Sales and Distribution
We sell our products and services primarily in the United States. Approximately 90% of our revenue was generated in this market for the year ended December 31, 2025. Our sales force is organized by customer segment in the United States and Canada, with Account Management and supporting resources assigned to current customers, and Health System Executives focused on generating new business. Our sales in the United States and Canada are primarily made direct to end-user customers with the exception of some distribution of medication adherence consumables and automation in parts of Canada.
Outside of the United States and Canada, we have direct sales employees in the United Kingdom, France, Germany, and Australia. For other geographies such as the Middle East, Asia, and Latin America, we sell through distributors. In addition, our international team handles direct sales, installation, and service for hospital healthcare facilities in the United Kingdom, Germany, and France, and for community pharmacies in the United Kingdom, Germany, and Australia. Sales, installation, and service to healthcare facilities are handled through distribution partners in other parts of Europe, Asia, Australia, the Middle East, and Latin America. Our products are available in a variety of languages including Traditional Chinese, Simplified Chinese, Croatian, Dutch, French, German, Japanese, Korean, Swedish, and Spanish. Our foreign operations are discussed in Note 3, Revenues, and Note 7, Property and Equipment, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our combined direct, corporate sales support, and international distribution sales teams consisted of approximately 430 staff
16
Table of Contents
members as of December 31, 2025. Nearly all of our direct sales team members have hospital capital equipment, services, or clinical systems experience.
The sales cycle for our automation systems, from the initial sales meeting to completion of installation, can take in excess of 12 to 24 months. This is due in part to the cost of our systems and the number of people within each healthcare facility involved in the purchasing decision and installation process. To initiate the selling process, the sales representative generally contacts the chief financial officer, chief pharmacy officer, chief information officer, chief nursing officer, director of pharmacy, director of nursing, director of information technology, director of materials management, or other decision makers, and actively engages with each group within the healthcare facility about the economic, safety, efficiency, and compliance benefits of our solutions relative to competing methods of managing medications or medical and surgical supplies. In addition, particularly with respect to certain of our European customers, we also may discuss the environmental, social, governance, or sustainability aspects of our products or services.
We contract with Group Purchasing Organizations (“GPOs”), each of which functions as a purchasing agent on behalf of member hospitals and other healthcare providers. Pursuant to the terms of GPO agreements, each member contracts directly with us and can purchase our products under pre-negotiated contract terms and pricing. These GPO contracts are typically for multiple years with options to renew or extend for up to two years and some of which can be terminated by either party at any time. Our current most significant GPO contracts include Vizient, Inc., Premier Inc., HealthTrust Purchasing Group, and Advocate Health Supply Chain Alliance. We also have a Federal Supply Schedule contract with the Department of Veterans Affairs (the “GSA Contract”), allowing the Department of Veterans Affairs, the Department of Defense, and other federal government customers to purchase our products. The accounts receivable balances are with individual members of the GPOs and federal agencies that purchase under the GSA Contract, and therefore no significant concentration of credit risk exists. During our fiscal year ended December 31, 2025, sales to members of the ten largest GPOs and federal agencies that purchase under the GSA Contract collectively accounted for approximately 61% of our total consolidated revenues.
We offer multi-year, non-cancelable lease payment terms to assist healthcare organizations in purchasing our systems by reducing their cash flow requirements in a lease structure. We sell a portion of our multi-year lease receivables to third-party leasing finance companies.
Our clinical and technical consulting team supports our sales force by working with our customers to identify potential solutions intended to help them achieve their desired outcomes. Our Professional Services team assists customers with the implementation of our solutions, including configuring our systems to address the specific needs of each individual customer. After the solutions are implemented, our Customer Success team provides remote and onsite experts who help our customers fully adopt and optimize utilization of our solutions in an effort to achieve their desired clinical and business outcomes.
We offer telephone and web-based technical support and issue resolution through our U.S.-based technical support centers. Our support centers are staffed 24 hours a day, 365 days a year. We have found that a majority of our customers’ service issues can be addressed by our support engineers either by phone or with remote diagnostic tools. In addition, our customers can enable access to allow us to remotely monitor system performance of certain products. Where applicable, this suite of support tools is designed to proactively monitor certain system statuses and can alert service personnel to potential problems to preempt system failure and reduce unplanned downtime. Our field engineers deliver on-site services for hardware-related issues and are deployed to customer sites based on solution expertise and geographic proximity to customers. Additional support to our service teams is provided by certified external partners as needed.
Manufacturing and Inventory
The manufacturing process for our automation products allows us to uniquely configure hardware and software to meet a wide variety of individual customer needs. The automation product manufacturing process consists primarily of the final assembly of components and testing of the completed product. Many of the sub-assemblies and components we use are provided by third-party contract manufacturers or other suppliers. The majority of these contract manufacturers and other suppliers are based in Asia and the Americas. We and our partners test these sub-assemblies and perform inspections to assure the quality and reliability of our products. While many components of our systems are standardized and available through multiple sources, certain components or subsystems are fabricated by a single supplier according to our specifications, schedules, and customer requirements, or are only available from limited sources. Our medication adherence product manufacturing process consists of fabrication and assembly of equipment and mechanized process manufacturing of consumables. Suppliers we rely on for raw materials in the production of our consumable medication packages are mostly from dual sourced geographies.
Our arrangements with contract manufacturers generally set forth quality, cost, and delivery requirements, as well as manufacturing process terms, such as continuity of supply, inventory management, capacity flexibility, quality and cost management, oversight of manufacturing, and conditions for the use of our intellectual property.
17
Table of Contents
Our operations organization procures components and schedules production based on the backlog of customer orders. Installation of equipment and software typically occurs anywhere between three weeks to 12 months after booking. Larger or more complex implementations such as software-enabled connected devices for Central Pharmacy, including, but not limited to, our Central Pharmacy Dispensing Service and IV Compounding Service, are often installed between 12 and 24 months after booking. We utilize our backlog to manage our installation, procurement, and production activities to help improve inventory turns, reduce inventory scrap, and manage shipping costs. Shipment of consumables typically occurs between one and four weeks after an order is received.
Competition
The markets in which we operate are intensely competitive. We compete directly with a number of companies in the hospital and health system solutions and outpatient pharmacy solutions markets, on the basis of many factors, including price, quality, customer outcome, return on investment, cost of operation, innovation, product features and capabilities, installation and service, reputation and brand recognition, size of installed base, range of services and solutions, distribution, and promotion. We expect continued and increased competition from current and future competitors in the markets in which we operate, and are affected by evolving and new technologies, changes in industry standards (including standards of care), and dynamic customer requirements.
Furthermore, the healthcare industry has experienced a significant degree of consolidation. This consolidation may require us to adapt how we market, sell, or distribute our products. Similarly, healthcare providers have consolidated to create larger healthcare delivery organizations. As market demands, government regulations, and societal pressures continue to cause the healthcare industry to evolve, it could result in further business consolidations and alliances among the industry participants with whom we engage and compete.
We believe our industry-leading medication management infrastructure products and services compare favorably with the offerings of our competitors, particularly with respect to the medication management outcomes that we have helped enable our customers to achieve across the continuum of care, from inpatient to outpatient, in each setting of care where medications are managed. We believe we have a strongly differentiated approach to medication management with an industry-leading medication management infrastructure which includes dispensing automation powered by an intelligence ecosystem, OmniSphere.
Intellectual Property and Proprietary Technology
We rely on a combination of patents, trademarks, copyright and trade secret laws, confidentiality procedures, contractual restrictions, and licensing arrangements to protect our intellectual property rights.
We pursue patent protection in the United States and foreign jurisdictions for technology that we believe to be proprietary and that may offer a potential competitive advantage for our products. Our issued patents expire on various dates between 2026 and 2043. We may seek to obtain additional United States and foreign patents on our technology.
Our product software is generally subject to copyright protection under applicable United States and foreign copyright laws. We have also obtained United States and certain foreign registrations of various trademarks, and we intend to seek and obtain additional registrations of our trademarks in the United States and foreign jurisdictions.
Trade secrets and other confidential information are also important to our business. We protect our trade secrets through a combination of contractual restrictions and confidentiality and licensing agreements.
Research and Development
Our research and development efforts start with collaborating with our customers. The insights we gain from this collaboration help us develop solutions that are designed to address the customer’s unmet needs and challenges. We continue to invest significantly in enhancing the value of our dispensing systems with the launch of Titan XT and continuous XT Series improvements through both hardware and software upgrades.
Additionally, we are making substantial investments to help our customers realize the industry-defined vision of the Autonomous Pharmacy. This includes focusing on OmniSphere, our cloud-based platform, and assisting customers in migrating from on-premise infrastructure to cloud infrastructure. We are also investing in further development of technology-enabled software and services.
Our robotic automation capabilities are also evolving as we work to enhance and develop new solutions and continuously improve existing automation. We have started the migration of our solutions to OmniSphere, our next generation, cloud native, software workflow engine and data platform. OmniSphere is designed to seamlessly integrate enterprise robotics and smart devices across the medication management continuum of care. The results of our research and development efforts
18
Table of Contents
are expected to drive the advancement of our cloud-based offerings and accelerate the realization of the industry-defined vision of the Autonomous Pharmacy.
Business under Government Contracts
A number of our U.S. government-owned or government-run hospital customers have signed five-year leases, with payment terms that are subject to one-year government budget funding cycles. Failure of any of our U.S. government customers to receive their annual funding could impair our ability to sell to these customers, or to collect payments on our existing unsold leases. Effective September 2021, the U.S. government mandated changes in its Federal Supply Schedule contract that resulted in our determination not to enter into future leases with U.S. government customers. Our existing leases with U.S. government customers are unaffected by this change. As such, our volume of U.S. government customer leases has declined over time and will likely cease in the future. In addition, under the terms of the Federal Supply Schedule contract, certain of our U.S. government customer contracts are terminable at the convenience of the applicable U.S. government customer. Furthermore, there are uncertainties and pressures surrounding the U.S. federal government’s budget and budgetary priorities, and funding of the U.S. federal government, as well as pressures on government expenditures. If any of our government-owned or government-run hospital customers decide to terminate their agreements early for any reason, we would not derive the expected financial benefits from any such customer. For additional information regarding these leases, see the risk factor captioned “Our U.S. government lease agreements are subject to annual budget funding cycles and mandated changes, which may affect our ability to recognize revenues and sell receivables based on such leases,” under Item 1A “Risk Factors”.
In addition, certain of our state or other municipal-run hospital customers may also be subject to annual funding cycles or have contracts that are terminable at the convenience of the applicable state or other municipal-run hospital customer. Should any of these customers not receive their annual funding or decide to terminate their agreements early for any reason, we would not derive the expected financial benefits from any such customer.
Financing Practices Relating to Working Capital
We assist healthcare facilities in financing their purchases of our systems by offering multi-year, non-cancelable lease payment terms. We will either sell the multi-year lease receivable to a third-party leasing finance company, or retain and service the lease receivable (similar to those leases associated with our SaaS and Expert Services, as described further below and as defined in Note 1, Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Revenue Recognition, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K). Our decision on whether to sell or retain the lease receivable is based on our capital needs, liquidity, or other market conditions, which may be influenced by factors outside of our control.
As part of our SaaS and Expert Services offering, we provide equipment and software at the inception of the contract period, which is accounted for as a multi-year sales-type lease. These agreements are generally multi-year and non-cancellable. We typically retain these lease receivables for such SaaS and Expert Services in-house and service them for the duration of the associated service term.
For additional information regarding these financing activities, refer to Note 1, Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
19
Table of Contents
Product Backlog
Product backlog is the dollar amount of product bookings (as defined in Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K) related to connected devices and software licenses that have not yet been recognized as revenue. A majority of our connected devices and software license products are installable and recognized as revenues within twelve months of booking. Larger or more complex implementations such as software-enabled connected devices for Central Pharmacy, including, but not limited to, our Central Pharmacy Dispensing Service and IV Compounding Service, are often installed and recognized as revenue between 12 and 24 months after booking. Due to industry practice that allows customers to change order configurations with limited advance notice prior to shipment and as customer installation schedules may change, backlog as of any particular date may not necessarily indicate the timing of future revenue. However, we do believe that backlog is an indication of a customer’s willingness to install our solutions and revenue we expect to generate over time. We consider backlog that is expected to be converted to revenues in more than twelve months to be long-term backlog. We believe a majority of long-term product backlog will be convertible into revenues in 12-24 months.
The table below further summarizes our product backlog:
| December 31, | ||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||||||||
| (In thousands) | ||||||||||||||
| Total product backlog | $ | 640,301 | $ | 646,440 | ||||||||||
| By duration: | ||||||||||||||
| Short-term product backlog | $ | 435,151 | $ | 447,344 | ||||||||||
| Long-term product backlog | 205,150 | 199,096 | ||||||||||||
Environmental, Social, and Governance (“ESG”) Initiatives
We view Omnicell as a purpose-driven company with a social mission: Our goal of transforming pharmacy care across all settings of care through outcomes-centric innovation is designed to help healthcare facilities worldwide uncover cost savings, improve labor efficiency, enhance supply chain control, support compliance, and move closer to the industry-defined vision of the Autonomous Pharmacy. Our teams are motivated by knowing that our work to improve medication management across the continuum of care has a tangible, real-world impact on healthcare workers, patients, and communities.
We recognize that we are accountable not only to our customers and stockholders, but also to the global community. In April 2025, we published our 2024 ESG Report, which highlights our approach to being a corporate citizen and neighbor wherever we do business, and describes and updates our contributions and work towards finding a better way forward - for our people, business, customers and communities. We adhere to internationally-recognized Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development guidance for the responsible sourcing of raw materials and continually work to enhance the sustainability attributes of our products and improve the sustainability of our designs. In addition, we seek to ensure access to high-quality, equitable, and integrated care for all patients worldwide. Furthermore, we are focused on creating a culture of care, engagement, and well-being for all of our employees.
There continues to be evolving and increasing expectations from customers, investors, employees and various regulators with respect to reducing and limiting greenhouse gas emissions and a focus on matters relating to ESG activities, which requires deliberate, conscientious efforts to effect change. As an organization, we have adopted a risk-management approach using the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) framework to assess and reduce the impact of climate change on our business strategy and operations. We continually seek to innovate and improve our business practices as we strive to build “A Better Way.”
In 2024, we completed a double materiality assessment to serve as a strategic guide, providing a comprehensive overview of our potential impacts - both positive and negative - on society and the environment, as well as the financial implications of sustainability-related risks and opportunities on our business. Based on those results, we identified certain priority topics - greenhouse gas emissions & energy, circularity of products and services, responsible design of products, customer service and experience, talent recruitment, retention and development and supply chain due diligence. We developed goals and targets for the topics and have started work to address them.
More information on our ESG program is available on our corporate website, www.omnicell.com, under the “Company-ESG” tab. You may also find a copy of our 2024 ESG report under the same tab. We are not including the information contained on, or that can be accessed through, this website or that can be found in our 2024 ESG Report as part of, or incorporating it by reference into, this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
20
Table of Contents
Human Capital Management
As of December 31, 2025, we had approximately 3,580 employees worldwide (with approximately 3,140 located in either the United States or Canada), excluding individuals who are classified as temporary or contractors.
We continue to embed a Culture of Care and One Team mindset within Omnicell. One way we foster our culture is through listening to our employees’ voices. We administer an annual employee engagement survey (“OmniVoices Engagement Survey”) using an external third-party platform. The purpose is to gain employee feedback and take action building on engagement and driving results. For 2025, we achieved an overall employee satisfaction score of 74, which was a one point improvement year over year. We believe that our ongoing investment in strengthening employee engagement, along with our commitment to acting on employee feedback, contributed to this year over year improvement in our employee satisfaction score.
We believe a highly engaged group of employees leads to two-way dialogue between leaders and employees, and provides practical tools that will foster better collaboration and a One Team mindset.
Compensation and Benefits
•We embrace a strong pay-for-performance total rewards philosophy that we believe is competitive, performance-based, and cost-effective. We offer employees market-competitive pay and a comprehensive benefits package.
•Our bonus program is designed to incentivize our employees to focus on work that will further the delivery of our annual priorities.
•We offer reward and recognition programs that embed our guiding principles into our Culture of Care and everything we do, allowing for peer-to-peer recognition and motivating our employees to continually work to advance our promise, our purpose, and our guiding principles.
•Our quarterly performance review process is designed to enable our talent to reach their optimum levels of contribution to Omnicell’s business strategies, facilitates regular employee feedback, and supports our pay-for-performance philosophy.
Health and Wellness
•We continue to combat rising healthcare costs by investing in our programs and offering a comprehensive wellness program designed to promote a healthy lifestyle, including on-site gym facilities, lifestyle spending rewards, on-site bio-metric screening, and employee assistance/health coaching. In addition to making physical health a priority, we offer mental health counseling and resources, financial coaching, and Virtual Health services (i.e., video/telephone health services).
Employee Development
•Our Organizational Development function supports talent development and retention through diverse learning experiences that are intended to help employees achieve their full potential. We offer consistent career growth opportunities across roles, functions, and locations. Engagement scores for growth and career path, both above industry benchmarks as measured by OmniVoices, demonstrate our commitment to employee development.
•Our approach to employee development is designed to enable our Enterprise Strategy by unlocking the potential of our people. In 2025, we continued core programs such as 360 Development Cohorts for People Leaders, Career Development Workshops, and the Elevate Learning Library in Omnicell University, which provides learning resources for all employees. We also scaled the Lead Program to strengthen strategic leadership capabilities through our Leadership Imperatives, supporting an exceptional employee experience and workplace culture. To embed continuous learning, we convened a cross-functional working group of training professionals to define a common set of modern learning principles, creating a more cohesive and accessible learning experience across all employee touchpoints.
•In 2025, we continued to develop our Senior Leadership Talent Review and Succession Process, which facilitates cross-functional identification of top talent, succession planning, and individual development planning. We utilized this process to enhance our leadership profile by assessing talent against the Leadership Imperatives and created Success Profiles for Senior Leadership roles. This is expected to lead to more accurate top talent identification and targeted successor development plans in an effort to accelerate readiness for critical roles. As a result of the process, the Senior Leadership team was able to have a holistic view of the talent landscape and create a Talent Action plan.
•We continue to align our Leadership Development offerings with our Talent Philosophy, which emphasizes performance, accountability, transparency, differentiation, and development. In 2025, we advanced several initiatives
21
Table of Contents
to strengthen leadership capability at all levels. This included Development Circles, a six-month program for select vice presidents, senior directors and directors that fosters peer learning, career visibility, and exposure to senior leadership. We included a more condensed version to senior managers. In addition, we delivered targeted leadership programs such as Leader as Coach workshops, and Visual Storytelling, which is available to all employees, along with High-Stakes Communication for senior leaders. These offerings are supported by on-demand resources in Omnicell University and integrated into the performance review process.
Recruiting and Retention
•Omnicell continues to advance talent acquisition into a strategic talent partnership function. Our focus is on delivering workforce insights and counsel to business leaders, enabling informed decisions on workforce planning and development. This approach positions talent as a key driver of organizational growth and innovation.
•We have embedded talent acquisition within business operations to anticipate future workforce needs and align hiring strategies with enterprise objectives. Our goal is to attract and win the right talent, individuals whose skills and values align with Omnicell’s long-term vision. To achieve this, we are transitioning to a skills-based hiring culture supported by structured interviewing practices that improve consistency, fairness, and predictability of performance.
•Key initiatives include:
◦Workforce Strategy: Targeted hiring for critical roles in priority markets to support growth objectives
◦Skills-Based Hiring: Adoption of competency frameworks and structured interviews to assess capabilities beyond traditional credentials
◦Digital Platforms: Expanded use of AI-driven recruiting tools, social media, and university partnerships to build a diverse, future-ready talent pipeline
◦Employer Brand: Leveraging our Employee Value Proposition, candidate personas, and message mapping to ensure targeted outreach and engagement with high-caliber candidates aligned with industry dynamics
•Candidate experience remains a priority. We treat candidates as customers, ensuring a respectful and engaging process that strengthens our reputation and builds long-term relationships.
•Operational enhancements have streamlined hiring processes, improved decision-making speed, and increased recruiter capacity for strategic work. These actions position Omnicell to compete effectively for top talent and support sustainable growth.
•We are a work environment that is welcoming and engaging for every employee regardless of age, religion, race, ethnic origin, gender identification, sexual orientation, veteran status, or disability.
Available Information
We file reports and other information with, and furnish reports and other information to, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) including our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and Proxy or Information Statements. Those reports and statements as well as all amendments to those documents filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act are available: (1) at the SEC’s Internet site (www.sec.gov) and (2) free of charge through our investor relations website, under the heading “Financials,” as soon as reasonably practicable after electronic filing with, or furnishing to, the SEC. Our website address is www.omnicell.com and our investor relations website is located at ir.omnicell.com.
22
Table of Contents
Information About Our Executive Officers
The following table sets forth certain information about our executive officers as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:
| Name | Age | Position | ||||||||||||
| Randall A. Lipps | 68 | President, Chief Executive Officer, and Chairman of the Board of Directors | ||||||||||||
| Baird Radford | 55 | Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer | ||||||||||||
Nnamdi Njoku | 49 | Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer | ||||||||||||
| Corey J. Manley | 48 | Executive Vice President and Chief Legal and Administrative Officer | ||||||||||||
Randall A. Lipps was named Chief Executive Officer and President of Omnicell in October 2002. Mr. Lipps has served as Chairman of the Board and a Director of Omnicell since founding Omnicell in September 1992. Mr. Lipps received both a B.S. in economics and a B.B.A. from Southern Methodist University.
Baird Radford joined Omnicell in August 2025 as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Prior to joining Omnicell, Mr. Radford served as Chief Financial Officer of Allakos, Inc., a biotech company developing monoclonal antibodies for individuals with chronic conditions, from April 2021 to May 2025. From January 2020 to February 2021, Mr. Radford served as Senior Vice President of Finance of Aimmune Therapeutics Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, exiting following the acquisition of the company by Nestle Health Science. From July 2014 to January 2020, Mr. Radford served as Chief Financial Officer of HeartFlow, Inc., a commercial-stage software services company using artificial intelligence for diagnosing and managing coronary artery disease. Prior to HeartFlow, Mr. Radford served as Vice President of Finance at Intuitive Surgical, Inc. and held various roles at eBay Inc., including Vice President of European Finance as well as Vice President Corporate Controller and Chief Accounting Officer. Mr. Radford began his professional career in the audit practice of PricewaterhouseCoopers after receiving his Bachelor of Business Administration degree from Ohio University.
Nnamdi Njoku joined Omnicell in October 2024 as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer. Prior to joining Omnicell, Mr. Njoku served as President – Sports Medicine, Surgical, Upper Extremities and Restorative Therapies of Zimmer Biomet Holdings, Inc., a global medical technology leader, from March 2023 to September 2024. From April 2022 to March 2023, Mr. Njoku served as Senior Vice President & President – Neuromodulation at Medtronic, Inc., a subsidiary of Medtronic plc, a leading global healthcare technology company (“Medtronic”). Prior to that, he served as President – Mechanical Circulatory Support from August 2019 to March 2022, as Vice President & General Manager – Transformative Solutions from February 2018 to August 2019 and as Vice President, Surgical Synergy from September 2017 to October 2018 at Medtronic. From August 2005 to August 2017, Mr. Njoku held executive operational roles of increasing responsibility at Medtronic. Prior to Medtronic, Mr. Njoku served in operational roles of increasing responsibility at UnitedHealth Group and Deloitte Consulting. Mr. Njoku received a Bachelor of Arts degree in business administration from the University of St. Thomas and an MBA from Cornell University.
Corey J. Manley joined Omnicell in April 2021 as Vice President and General Counsel. In May 2022, Mr. Manley was named Senior Vice President and Chief Legal Officer. Subsequently, in June 2023, Mr. Manley was named Executive Vice President and Chief Legal and Administrative Officer. Prior to joining Omnicell, he was Chief Legal Officer, Corporate Secretary, and Chief Compliance Officer with BFS Capital, Inc., a global fintech company, from April 2018 to April 2021. From August 2014 until April 2018, Mr. Manley was a partner in the law firm of Duane Morris LLP and prior to that he was a partner in the law firm of Kirkland & Ellis LLP from November 2009 until August 2014. Mr. Manley holds a J.D. from the University of Notre Dame Law School and a B.S. in mechanical engineering from Purdue University.
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
Summary of Risk Factors
An investment in our company involves various risks. The following is a summary of these risks, but does not address all of the risks that we face. Additional discussion of the risks that we face can be found following this summary and should be carefully considered together with all of the other information appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Risk Factors Related to our Business and Industry
•Economic Conditions and Demand Risks. Weak or uncertain economic conditions may adversely impact our business, as well as any reduction in demand for, or adoption or installation of Omnicell’s medication management solutions, medication packaging systems, or related services. In addition, as we offer lease financing options to our customers, customer creditworthiness, payment timing, and collections may adversely impact our financial results.
23
Table of Contents
•Strategic Risks. Our investments in new business strategies or initiatives, including our transition to selling more products and services on a subscription basis, are inherently risky and may not be successful or we may be unable to maintain our SaaS and Expert Services customers. In addition, we may be unable to realize the potential benefits of our acquired businesses, including RxInnovation Inc., operating as FDS Amplicare® (“FDS Amplicare”), Omnicell Specialty Pharmacy Services, Inc. (“Omnicell Specialty Pharmacy Services”), MarkeTouch Media, LLC (subsequently merged into EnlivenHealth, Inc.), and Hub and Spoke Innovations, and risks related to investments in new business strategies and initiatives could disrupt ongoing business and present risks not originally contemplated.
•Market Risks. We are subject to continued and increased competition from current and future competitors in the hospital and health system solutions and outpatient pharmacy solutions markets, including price competition, industry and competitor consolidation, competitor brand recognition, and in relationships with our suppliers and current and potential customers.
•Technology Risks. We may be unable to develop new solutions or enhance existing solutions to react to changes in technology and customer requirements in a timely and cost-effective manner. Our products and services now in development, or that we may seek to develop in the future, may not achieve technological or economic feasibility, obtain regulatory approval or gain market acceptance and we may determine to stop the development of, or the continued offering of, a product or service. Furthermore, we may experience errors in the provision of our SaaS and Expert Services that could expose us to liability. In addition, we may incorporate artificial intelligence technologies into certain of our products, services, and processes or our vendors may incorporate artificial intelligence tools into their offerings that may result in enhanced governmental or regulatory scrutiny, litigation, compliance issues, ethical, confidentiality, or security concerns.
•Data Security Risks. A significant disruption in our information technology systems, breaches of data security, or cyber-attacks on our systems or solutions could adversely impact our business and operating results.
•Institutional, Retail, and Specialty Pharmacy Risks. We may fail to meet the demands of, or maintain relationships with, our institutional and retail pharmacy customers and we may be unable to secure or maintain access to existing and future specialty drugs.
•Debt Risks. We have substantial debt, which could impair our financial flexibility and access to capital, and are subject to covenants in our Second A&R Credit Agreement (as defined below) that restrict our business and operations.
•Legal, Regulatory, and Healthcare Industry Risks. Government regulations, legislative changes, fraud and anti-kickback statutes, product liability claims, the outcome of legal proceedings, and other legal obligations related to healthcare, privacy, data protection, and information security, and the costs of compliance with, and potential liability associated with, our actual or perceived failure to comply with such obligations could adversely impact our business and operating results.
•International Operations Risks. Our operations in foreign countries expose us to additional risks, including distribution, management, and systems integration issues, reduced intellectual property protections, adverse changes in international laws, fluctuations in currency exchange rates, political unrest, foreign conflicts, and pandemics or other major public health crises.
•Workforce Risks. We may be unable to recruit and retain skilled and motivated personnel.
•Intellectual Property Risks. Any failure to protect our intellectual property rights could negatively affect our ability to compete.
•Materials Risks. We use raw materials and components that may be subject to price fluctuations, shortages, or interruptions of supply.
•Suppliers/Third-Party Vendors Risks. We may be unable to obtain an adequate supply of components, equipment, and raw materials on a timely basis. We depend on technologies provided by third-party vendors.
Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock
•The market price of our common stock may be volatile and the anti-takeover provisions of Delaware law and in our governing documents may make a change in control of our Company more difficult, even if a change in control would be beneficial to our stockholders.
24
Table of Contents
Risks Related to Our Notes
•Any conversion of our 2029 Notes may dilute the ownership interest of our stockholders, depress the price of our common stock or, if the conditional conversion feature of the 2029 Notes is triggered, adversely affect our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition. Also, our convertible note hedge and warrant transactions may affect the value of our common stock.
General Risks
•We may be subject to adverse consequences related to tax rates and changes in tax legislation, and any failure to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting.
Risk Factors
We have identified the following risks and uncertainties that may have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition. Our business faces significant risks and the risks described below may not be the only risks we face. Additional risks not presently known to us or that we currently believe are not material may also significantly impair our business operations. If any of these risks occur, our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition could suffer and the market price of our common stock could decline.
In assessing these risks, you should also refer to other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
Risk Factors Related to our Business and Industry
Unfavorable economic and market conditions and a decreased demand in the capital equipment market could adversely affect our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition.
Customer demand for our products is significantly linked to the strength of the economy. From time to time, the U.S. and global economy has experienced cyclical downturns impacting economic activity, the results of which include decreased demand for goods and services, reduced government spending, rising inflation, increasing interest rates, liquidity or credit constraints, declines in corporate profitability, credit, equity, or foreign exchange market volatility, increased bankruptcies, and general economic uncertainty. If decreases in demand for capital equipment caused by weak or uncertain economic conditions and decreased corporate and government spending, any effects of fiscal budget balancing at the federal level or proposed legislative or regulatory changes, or generally reduced expenditures for capital solutions occur, we will experience decreased revenues and lower revenue growth rates, and our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, we have seen some customers defer or delay implementation of capital equipment projects, along with longer timeframes both for capital equipment purchasing decisions and for entering into agreements for our products or solutions due to customer capital budget constraints or customers seeking to stagger or elongate the timeframes between the adoption of new or updated technologies, which has resulted in moderated demand, and may lead to decreased revenues and could result in our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition being materially and adversely affected. Furthermore, the foregoing factors may also impact the willingness or ability of our customers to pay their existing obligations or honor their contractual commitments, which could result in decreased revenue and negatively impact our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition.
The broader U.S. and global economy has continued to experience elevated inflationary pressures as well as continued supply chain disruptions, labor shortages and geopolitical instability. We are unable to predict future changes in the state of the U.S. or global economy or whether inflationary pressures will continue to intensify or subside. If the current inflationary trends remain elevated, or fail to improve, it could adversely affect our profits, margins or operating results as a result of increasing costs. In addition, we may take actions in response to existing or future economic, market or business conditions that may result in charges and costs related to those actions, unforeseen obstacles or operating inefficiencies, or we may fail to realize the expected benefits, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, cash flows and financial condition.
We may fail to develop new solutions or enhance existing solutions to react to changes in technology and customer requirements in a timely and cost-effective manner, or our new or enhanced solutions may not achieve market acceptance.
We must develop new products and services or enhance existing products to react to evolving technologies and industry standards and regulatory requirements, and meet changing demands of our customers. This process can be time-consuming, costly, and complex, and usually requires us to accurately anticipate technological innovations and market trends. Our ability to fund product development and enhancements partially depends on our ability to generate revenues from our existing products. If we inaccurately anticipate technological innovations or market trends or fail to generate sufficient revenue
25
Table of Contents
to develop new products, enhance existing products to meet customer needs or technological or regulatory change, or are unable to fund investment in, or achieve expected return on investment from, future product development, our ability to generate future revenues or revenue growth may be negatively impacted, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition.
New product and service developments or enhancements may be delayed, have technical problems (including software defects or errors), fail to meet customer or market specifications, regulatory requirements, or industry standards, which could result in increased or unexpected expenses related to further developments or modifications. In addition, products and services now in development or that we may seek to develop in the future may not achieve technological or economic feasibility, obtain regulatory approval or gain market acceptance, which may result in a decision to cease development of, or the continued offering of, a product or service. Furthermore, our products and services also may not be competitive with, or rendered obsolete by, other products using new or alternative technologies that offer comparable performance and functionality, such as AI, machine-learning, and generative AI capabilities, may not be accepted in new or existing markets, or may not achieve expected return on investment. Competitors may have greater financial and marketing resources to more rapidly respond to changing product requirements, develop competitive products, or implement new features. Any of the foregoing could make our existing and future solutions obsolete and unmarketable, or result in loss of market share or a determination to optimize our portfolio or exit a particular business or product line, damage our reputation or otherwise harm our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition.
Our ability to execute successfully on the industry-defined vision of the Autonomous Pharmacy depends on our ability to continue to develop and introduce new products and services or product and service enhancements, and integrate new products and services with existing offerings, in furtherance of this vision in a timely manner and on a cost-effective basis. If we fail to do so, we may be unable to achieve the industry-defined vision of the Autonomous Pharmacy or we may not realize the anticipated benefits of our investments in support of this vision, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition.
Failure to generate new sales and any reduction in the demand for, or adoption of, our medication management solutions, medication packaging systems, or related services would reduce our revenues.
A significant portion of domestic and international healthcare facilities still use traditional approaches to medication and/or supply management in some form that do not include fully automated methods of medication management. As a result, we must continuously educate existing and prospective customers about the potential advantages of our medication management solutions and medication packaging systems, which requires significant sales efforts and can cause longer sales cycles. Despite our significant efforts and extensive time commitments targeting sales to healthcare facilities, we cannot be assured that our efforts will result in sales to these customers.
In addition, our medication management solutions and our more complex automated packaging systems typically represent a sizable initial capital expenditure and potential time and labor commitment to implement for healthcare organizations. Changes in the budgets of these organizations and the timing of spending under these budgets, as well as customer labor shortages, can have a significant effect on the demand for our medication management solutions, medication packaging systems, and related services. Customer budgets are often supported by cash flows that can be negatively affected by declining investment income and influenced by limited resources, increased operational and financing costs, macroeconomic conditions, and conflicting spending priorities among different departments. Furthermore, in the current fluid tariff environment, the imposition of tariffs may raise the operating costs for healthcare organizations, which in turn could put increased pressure on their budgets or capital spending as well as impact the timing of their spending. Any decrease in expenditures or change in spending priorities by healthcare facilities or increased financing costs, including as a result of the impacts of public health crises, including pandemics, could decrease demand for our medication management solutions, medication packaging systems, and related services, and reduce our revenues.
Also, the continuing gradual transition to a value-based care healthcare delivery model could shift more of the burden of financial risk onto healthcare provider organizations and could decrease utilization of healthcare per patient. Value-based care could also cause a shift in sites of care from traditional venues, such as hospitals and clinics, to the home, and could impact our revenues.
26
Table of Contents
If we fail to achieve anticipated growth targets or market adoption, our business could be adversely affected.
Evolving customer preferences, competitive offerings, regulatory and legal hurdles, technical issues, implementation delays, and inadequate allocation of technological and support resources may delay or limit the commercial success of products or services, which could result in lower-than-anticipated sales or lower customer satisfaction, that may result in an adverse effect upon our business, operating results and could harm our business, cash flow, or financial condition.
Failure to achieve long-term growth objectives may also result from our inability to sustain innovation, effectively allocate resources, or respond to changing market dynamics. If we do not realize the anticipated benefits from investments in developing products or services, or if our products or services are rendered obsolete by our inaction or competitor actions, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.
Delays in installations of our medication management solutions, including our central pharmacy automation solutions, could harm our competitive position, operating results, and financial condition.
The purchase of our medication management solutions, including our central pharmacy automation solutions, is often part of a customer’s larger initiative to re-engineer its pharmacy and distribution and materials management systems. The purchase of our systems often entails larger strategic purchases by customers that generally require more complex and stringent contractual requirements, involve a significant commitment of management attention and resources by prospective customers, and require the input and approval of many decision-makers. In addition, new product announcements, such as our recently announced Titan XT automated dispensing cabinet, may cause a delay in our customers’ decisions to purchase our products or convert pending orders for our older products to those of our newer products. For these and other reasons, the sales cycle associated with sales of our systems is often lengthy, unpredictable, and subject to a number of delays over some of which we have little or no control. A delay in, or loss of, sales of these systems (including as a result of the impacts of public health crises or due to customer labor shortages, increased healthcare worker turnover, or customer budgetary constraints) could have an adverse effect upon our business, operating results and could harm our business, cash flow, or financial condition.
In addition, and in part as a result of the complexities inherent in larger transactions, the time between the purchase and installation of our systems can generally range up to 24 months. Delays in installation can occur for reasons that are often outside of our control, such as customer labor shortages or increased healthcare worker turnover, as well as customers seeking to stagger or elongate the timeframes between the adoption of new or updated technologies. We have also experienced fluctuations in our customer and transaction size mix, which has made our ability to forecast our bookings and may make our ability to forecast our product bookings more difficult. Because we recognize revenues for our medication management solutions and our more complex medication packaging systems only upon installation at a customer’s site, any delay in installation (including as a result of the impacts of public health crises or due to customer labor shortages or healthcare worker turnover) will also cause a delay in the recognition of the revenues for those systems.
Periods of significant volatility due to geopolitical developments could adversely impact our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition.
In recent years, the U.S. and global economies have experienced periods of significant volatility due to political unrest, civil unrest, terrorism, and other hostilities (such as the ongoing conflicts between Russia and Ukraine or Israel and Hamas), as well as threats of terrorism or potential hostilities (such as conflict between China and Taiwan), around the globe. The severity or duration of this volatility may be further affected by policy changes made by governments or quasi-governmental organizations. These geopolitical risks have led, and may in the future lead, to increased short-term market volatility and may have adverse long-term effects on U.S. and world economies and markets generally. It is impossible to predict the effects of these or similar events in the future, which could adversely impact our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition.
We may face increased credit, collection, and operational risks associated with providing lease financing options to our customers.
A portion of our customers may choose to acquire our products or solutions through lease financing arrangements, which may expose us to heightened risks related to customer creditworthiness, payment timing, and collection. Many healthcare providers operate under constrained budgets, fluctuating reimbursement rates, labor shortages, and shifting capital-allocation priorities. These financial pressures may impair their ability to meet lease obligations, potentially resulting in delayed payments, defaults, or requests for modified terms. Any increase in credit losses or extended collection cycles could adversely affect our business, cash flows, and financial results. Additionally, where we retain ownership of leased equipment, we may face risks related to recovering, redeploying, or remarketing such equipment in the event of early termination or customer default. If this were to occur, our financial performance and our ability to support customer purchasing needs could be adversely affected.
27
Table of Contents
Significant disruptions in our information technology systems, breaches of data security, or cyber-attacks on our systems or solutions, could adversely impact our business.
We rely on information technology (“IT”) systems to keep financial records and corporate records, communicate with staff and external parties, and operate other critical functions, including sales and manufacturing processes. As our business needs change, we may need to expand or update our IT systems. We also utilize third-party cloud services in connection with our operations, which also may need to be expanded or updated as our business needs change. Our IT systems and third-party cloud services are potentially vulnerable to disruption due to breakdown, malicious intrusion and computer viruses, public health crises, other catastrophic events or environmental impact, as well as due to system upgrades and/or new system implementations. Our systems may also experience vulnerabilities from third-party or open-source software code that may be incorporated into our own or our vendors’ systems. Any prolonged system disruption in our IT systems or third-party services could negatively impact the coordination of our sales, planning, and manufacturing activities, which could harm our business. In addition, in order to maximize our information technology efficiency, we have physically consolidated our primary corporate data and computer operations. This concentration, however, exposes us to a greater risk of disruption to our internal IT systems. Although we maintain offsite back-ups of our data, a disruption of operations at our facilities could materially disrupt our business if we are not capable of restoring function within an acceptable time frame.
Our IT systems and third-party cloud services are potentially vulnerable to cyber-attacks, including ransomware, or other data security incidents, by employees or others, which may expose sensitive data to unauthorized persons. In addition, we have a large number of employees working remotely, which number may continue to grow, and such arrangements may involve increased use of office equipment off premises, which may make our systems more susceptible to security breaches or breach attempts.
We may also be subject to various cybersecurity laws in the EU and the UK, including the UK Network and Information Systems Regulation 2018 (“NIS Regulations”) and the EU Network and Information Systems Security 2 Directive (“NISD2”) which apply to certain operators of “essential services” and digital service providers, such as cloud providers, and medical device manufacturers.
Future data security incidents could lead to the loss of trade secrets or other intellectual property, or to the public exposure of sensitive and confidential information of our employees, customers, suppliers, and others, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition. Moreover, the current and/or a future security breach or privacy violation that leads to disclosure or modification of, or prevents access to, patient information, including personally identifiable information or protected health information, could harm our reputation, result in litigation, compel us to comply with federal and/or state breach notification laws, subject us to mandatory corrective action, require us to verify the correctness of database contents, and otherwise subject us to liability under laws and regulations that protect personal information, resulting in increased costs or loss of revenues. For additional information, see the risk factor captioned “We are subject to laws, regulations, and other legal obligations related to privacy, data protection, and information security, and the costs of compliance with, and potential liability associated with, our actual or perceived failure to comply with such obligations could harm our business” below for additional information.
We sell certain solutions that receive, store, and process our customers’ data, including our OmniSphere offering. In addition, our Inventory Optimization Service solution combines a cloud-based predictive intelligence platform with expert services designed to monitor pharmacy operations and recommend opportunities to help improve efficiency, regulatory compliance, and patient outcomes. As another example, our EnlivenHealth patient engagement platform is a private cloud-based solution that supports improving patient adherence goals through a single web-based platform that hosts functionality to guide and track patient notes, interventions, and appointments.
These solutions require that we maintain an information technology infrastructure that is robust and reliable within competitive and regulatory constraints that continue to evolve. Operational malfunctions, including loss of customer data or power or telecommunications infrastructure outages, or an effective attack on our solutions could disrupt the proper functioning of our solutions, allow unauthorized access to sensitive and confidential information of our customers (including protected health information), and disrupt our customers’ operations, which could result in reduced quality of services and contract liability or claims by customers and other third parties. In addition to the risks and impacts noted above, any of these events could damage our reputation or cause our solutions to be perceived as having security vulnerabilities and reduce demand, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition. These risks are likely to increase as we continue to grow our cloud-based offerings, including in support of the industry-defined vision of the Autonomous Pharmacy, and as we receive, store, and process more of our customers’ data.
While we have implemented a number of security measures designed to protect our systems and data, including firewalls, antivirus and malware detection tools, patches, log monitors, routine back-ups, system audits, routine password modifications, employee training, and disaster recovery procedures, and have designed certain security features into our
28
Table of Contents
solutions, we and our third party service providers regularly defend against and respond to data security incidents and such measures may not be adequate or implemented properly to prevent or fully address the adverse effect of such events. In some cases, we may be unaware of an incident or its magnitude, duration, and impact. In addition, while we possess insurance that currently includes coverage for cyber-attacks, we have seen a trend where the amount of coverage being offered by insurance providers for such cyber-attacks is decreasing while the cost of obtaining such coverage is increasing. If this trend continues, the insurance coverage we possess may not be adequate or the cost to obtain such coverage may become prohibitive.
We use third-party cloud providers in connection with certain of our cloud-based offerings or third-party providers to host our own data, in which case we rely on the processes, controls, and security such third parties have in place to protect the infrastructure. We also may acquire companies, products, services, and technologies and inherit such risks when we integrate these acquisitions within Omnicell.
Any failure to prevent such security breaches or privacy violations, or implement satisfactory remedial measures, could require us to expend significant resources to investigate security breaches and notify affected individuals, regulators, and other third parties (e.g., the media), remediate any damage, disrupt our operations or the operations of our customers, damage our reputation or cause us to incur costs to manage public relations issues, damage our relationships with our customers, or expose us to a risk of financial loss, litigation, regulatory penalties, contractual indemnification obligations, or other liability.
We may incorporate artificial intelligence technologies into certain of our products, services and processes or our vendors may incorporate artificial intelligence tools into their offerings. These technologies are new and developing and may present operational, financial, compliance, and reputational risks, as well as other adverse consequences to our business.
Our competitive position and financial condition may suffer if we fail to keep pace with rapidly evolving technological developments related to advancements in artificial intelligence (“AI”), machine-learning, generative AI or agentic AI technologies. The potential introduction of these technologies into new and existing offerings may result in new or expanded risks and liabilities, including enhanced governmental or regulatory scrutiny, litigation, compliance issues, ethical concerns, confidentiality, or security risks, as well as other factors that could adversely affect our business, reputation, and financial results. In addition, our vendors may incorporate AI tools into their offerings, and these tools may not meet existing or rapidly evolving regulatory or industry standards and may inhibit our or our vendors’ ability to maintain an adequate level of service and experience. The use of AI can lead to unintended consequences, including generating factually inaccurate content, misleading or otherwise flawed information, or unintended biases and skewed outcomes, which could expose us to risks related to inaccuracies or errors in the output of such technologies, as well as the unintended exposure of internal or confidential information or an inability to preserve our trademarks, copyrights, and trade secrets due to such exposure. We also face risks of competitive disadvantage if our competitors more effectively use AI to create new or enhanced products or services that we are unable to compete against. Malicious actors may also use generative AI to strengthen social engineering capabilities or create more targeted phishing narratives or otherwise, which may increase the threat of a cybersecurity incident. If we, or our vendors, experience an actual or perceived breach or privacy or security incident because of the use of generative AI, we may lose valuable intellectual property and confidential information and our reputation and the public perception of the effectiveness of our security measures could be harmed. In addition, many U.S. and international governmental bodies and regulators have proposed, or are in the process of developing, new regulations related to the use of AI and machine-learning technologies. The final form of these regulations may impose obligations related to our development, offering, and use of AI technologies and expose us to increased risk of regulatory enforcement and litigation.
If errors occur during the provision of certain of our SaaS and Expert Services, or if we fail to maintain expected service levels, we may be liable to our customers or third parties which may result in a decline in our SaaS and Expert Services offerings revenue.
Certain of our SaaS and Expert Services offerings are highly complex and may be susceptible to errors, including human or technological error. We may be required to bear the cost of correcting any errors and the cost of such corrections may be significant, which could adversely affect our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition. In addition, our customers, or third parties such as our customers’ patients, may assert claims that they suffered damages due to our errors. These claims could result in litigation and substantial costs, including legal defense costs. Although we believe our aggregate insurance policy limits are sufficient to cover reasonably expected claims, there can be no assurance that any liability insurance we purchase will be adequate to cover claims asserted against us. We could also be subject to adverse publicity as a result of such claims, regardless of the merits or eventual outcome, which may negatively impact our ability to attract and retain customers.
Furthermore, if we cannot maintain the expected level of service or if our customers fail to achieve agreed upon milestone improvements in financial or operating metrics, payments to us from such customers may be delayed, disputed, or lower than anticipated.
29
Table of Contents
We may not be able to retain our SaaS and Expert Services customers.
An increasing percentage of our revenue is derived from our subscription-based SaaS and Expert Services offerings. In connection with those offerings, our customers, generally, have no obligation to renew their subscriptions. If our SaaS and Expert Services customers decline to renew their subscriptions we would not derive the expected financial benefits from that customer, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition.
In addition, some of our SaaS and Expert Services agreements require us to adhere to additional data, security, network access, and other institutional procedures and requirements of our customers, and in certain cases may obligate us to agreed upon services levels. If we do not meet our obligations under any such SaaS and Expert Services agreement, we could be liable for damages.
In addition, should a customer undergo a change in control or ownership, it may cause us or the customer to seek to modify or terminate an SaaS and Expert Services agreement.
If we are unable to maintain our relationships with group purchasing organizations (“GPOs”) or other similar organizations, we may have difficulty selling our products and services to customers represented by these organizations.
A number of GPOs have negotiated standard contracts for our products on behalf of their member healthcare organizations. Members of these GPOs may purchase under the terms of these contracts, which obligate us to pay the GPO a fee. We also have a Federal Supply Schedule contract with the Department of Veterans Affairs, allowing the Department of Veterans Affairs, the Department of Defense, and other federal government customers to purchase our products. These contracts enable us to sell our products and services more readily to customers represented by these organizations. Some of our contracts with these organizations are terminable at the convenience of the applicable customer. The loss of any of these relationships could impact the breadth of our customer base and could impair our ability to meet our revenue or revenue growth targets or our ability to increase our revenues. The GPOs may increase the fees we pay or these organizations may not renew our contracts on similar terms, if at all, and they may choose to terminate our contracts before they expire, any of which could cause our revenues to decline.
If we are unable to meet the demands of, or maintain our relationships with, our institutional and retail pharmacy customers, our revenue from sales of medication packages, other consumables, or our SaaS and Expert Services may decline.
Approximately 8% of our revenues during the year ended December 31, 2025 was generated from the sale of consumable medication packages, most of which are produced in our St. Petersburg, Florida facility on a continuous basis and are shipped out to fulfill the demands of our institutional and retail pharmacy customers domestically and abroad. The demands placed on institutional and retail pharmacies by their customers represent real time requirements of those customers. Our customer agreements for the sale of consumable medication packages are typically short-term in nature and typically do not impose volume commitments on the customer. If we are unable to supply quality packaging to our customers in a timely manner, they may use alternative methods of distributing medications to their customers, including consumable medication packaging sold by our competitors, and our revenues will decline. Any disruption in the production capabilities of our St. Petersburg facility, including as a result of extreme weather conditions or natural disasters will adversely affect our ability to ship our consumable medication packages globally and would reduce our revenues.
In addition, the institutional pharmacy market consists of significant national suppliers of medications to non-acute care facilities, smaller regional suppliers, and very small local suppliers. If we are unable to maintain our relationships with the major institutional pharmacies we do business with, they may purchase consumable blister card components from alternative sources, or choose to use alternatives to blister cards for medication control, and our revenues would decline.
Similarly, our EnlivenHealth brand extends beyond the inpatient setting and into ambulatory care. This brand offers a portfolio of products designed to digitally enable retail and community pharmacies with connected patient engagement and clinical and financial workflows. The success of these offerings depends on the trust our customers place in us and our reputation and ability to provide high-quality service. If we are unable to maintain the satisfaction or meet the expectations of our customers, our reputation with current and potential customers could be harmed, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition. In addition, if we fail to maintain our relationships with existing customers or are unable to create new relationships with other pharmacies, this could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition.
30
Table of Contents
Our inability to secure or maintain access to existing and future specialty drugs or pharmacy provider networks for our specialty pharmacy customers could have a material adverse effect on our business.
We provide Specialty Pharmacy Services to provider groups, federally qualified health centers, and health systems, including payer contracting and providing access to limited distribution drugs (“LDDs”). We have historically been able to obtain most of the payer and LDD products through our current network. However, if we are unable to obtain access to new LDDs or maintain access to current LDDs for our customers, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, profitability, and operating results. In addition, if we are not able to secure participation in the networks of pharmacy providers for our customers at acceptable reimbursement rates or if we lose access to current pharmacy networks, this could result in loss of customers, which could adversely affect our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition. We endeavor to demonstrate continued value and growth for each of our customers during the term of their respective contracts with us. However, if any of our customers elect to manage their own specialty pharmacy business, such customers could reduce or cease doing business with us upon the expiration of such customer’s contract term, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition.
We operate in highly competitive markets, and we may be unable to compete successfully.
The markets in which we operate are intensely competitive. We expect continued and increased competition from current and future competitors, in the hospital and health system solutions and outpatient pharmacy solutions markets, many of which have significantly greater financial, technical, marketing, and other resources than we do.
The competitive challenges we face in the markets in which we operate include, but are not limited to, the following:
•current or future competitors may offer or have the ability to offer a broader range of solutions than us, develop alternative solutions that provide a better customer outcome or lower cost of operation, develop new features or capabilities for their products, including AI, machine-learning, and generative AI capabilities, which are part of an intensely competitive and rapidly evolving market, that could compete with our solutions, respond more quickly and efficiently to new or changing technologies, standards, or regulations, or devote greater resources to the development, promotion, and sale of their products than we do;
•competitive pressures could result in increased price competition for our products and services, fewer customer orders, and reduced gross margins;
•current and potential competitors may make strategic acquisitions or establish cooperative relationships among themselves or with third parties, including larger, more established healthcare supply companies, thereby increasing their ability to develop and offer a broader suite of products and services;
•our industry has recently experienced a significant degree of consolidation which could lead to competitors developing new business models that require us to adapt how we market, sell, or distribute our products or could also lead to competitors with greater economies of scale that have lower cost of operations allowing them to sell their products and services at a lower cost;
•certain competitors have greater brand name recognition and a more extensive installed base than we do, and such advantages could be used to increase their market share;
•certain competitors may have existing business relationships with our current and potential customers, which may cause these customers to purchase competing products and services from these competitors; and
•our competitors may secure products and services from suppliers on more favorable terms or secure exclusive arrangements with suppliers or buyers that may impede the sales of our products and services.
If we fail to compete successfully against current or future competitors, it could materially adversely affect our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition.
The transition to selling more SaaS and Expert Services, which include a software as a service or solution as a service subscription, presents a number of risks.
We currently offer SaaS and Expert Services, which often contain a combination of smart devices and robotics, software workflows, and analytics, all optimized by expert services. As we continue to execute on the industry-defined vision of the Autonomous Pharmacy and grow subscription and cloud-based offerings, we may offer additional products and services on a subscription basis. If adoption of subscription solutions takes place faster than anticipated, the shift to subscription revenues may change the timing of revenue recognition and we may experience a temporary reduction of revenues and revenue growth rate. In addition, our cash flows may be impacted by the timing of invoicing of our subscription solutions. Customers
31
Table of Contents
may elect not to renew their subscriptions upon expiration, or they may attempt to renegotiate pricing or other contractual terms at or prior to renewal to terms that are less favorable to us. In addition, since revenues are generally recognized over the term of the subscription, any decrease in customer purchases of our subscription-based products and services will not be fully reflected in our operating results until future periods, which may result in inflated revenue growth rates that do not reflect such decreases initially. Similarly, any additional subscription sales would not be fully reflected in our operating results until future periods.
We have incurred substantial debt, which could impair our flexibility and access to capital and adversely affect our financial position.
Our debt may limit our ability to borrow additional funds or use our existing cash flow for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, or other general business purposes or may require us to use a substantial portion of our cash flow for debt service payments; limit our flexibility to plan for, or react to, changes in our business and industry; place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our less leveraged competitors; and increase our vulnerability to the impact of adverse economic and industry conditions.
Our ability to make payments of the principal, to pay interest, or to refinance our indebtedness, including the 2029 Notes, depends on our future performance, which is subject to economic, financial, competitive, and other factors beyond our control. Our business may not continue to, and we cannot provide assurance that our business will, generate cash flow from operations in the future sufficient to fund our cash requirements, service our debt or make necessary capital expenditures. Our failure to generate sufficient cash flow to pay our debts could have a material adverse effect on our business. In addition, if we are unable to generate such cash flow, we may be required to adopt one or more alternatives, such as borrowing more money, selling assets, restructuring debt, or obtaining additional equity capital on terms that may be onerous or highly dilutive. Any of these actions still may not be sufficient to allow us to service our debt obligations, could increase the risks related to our business or our ability to service or repay our indebtedness or may otherwise have an adverse effect on our business.
Our ability to refinance our indebtedness will depend on the capital markets and our financial condition at the time of any such refinancing. We may not be able to engage in any of these activities or to do so on desirable terms, which could result in a default on our debt obligations. In addition, as more fully described below in the risk factor captioned “Covenants in our Second A&R Credit Agreement restrict our business and operations in many ways, and if we do not effectively manage our compliance with these covenants, our financial conditions and operating results could be adversely affected,” our second amended and restated agreement, as amended, with certain lenders, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent (the “Second A&R Credit Agreement”) includes customary restrictive covenants that impose operating and financial restrictions on us.
We are subject to laws, regulations, and other legal obligations related to privacy, data protection, and information security, and the costs of compliance with, and potential liability associated with, our actual or perceived failure to comply with such obligations could harm our business.
We receive, store, and process personal information and other data from and about customers, in addition to our employees and services providers. In addition, our customers use our solutions to obtain and store personal information, including health information. For example, our customers use our EnlivenHealth platform to guide and track patient notes, interventions, and appointments, which involves the collection of personal health information of patients. Our handling of data is subject to a variety of laws and regulations by federal, state, local, and foreign agencies, as well as contractual obligations and industry standards. Regulatory focus on data privacy and security concerns continues to increase globally, and laws and regulations concerning the collection, use, and disclosure of personal information are expanding and becoming more complex. In the United States, these include federal health information privacy laws (such as the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”), discussed below), and state laws addressing privacy, security, and breach notification (such as the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018 (“CCPA”), as amended by the California Privacy Rights Act of 2020 (collectively, the “CPRA”)).
While HIPAA does not create a private right of action, its standards have been used as the basis for civil suits and HIPAA is enforced by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS”) Office for Civil Rights (“OCR”), which can bring actions against entities for noncompliance, including for failures to implement security measures sufficient to reduce risks to electronic protected health information or to conduct an accurate and thorough risk analysis, among other violations. HIPAA enforcement actions may lead to monetary penalties and costly and burdensome corrective action plans. We are also required to report known breaches of protected health information consistent with applicable breach reporting requirements set forth in applicable laws and regulations. Additionally, on January 6, 2025, HHS OCR issued a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (“NPRM”) aiming to strengthen cybersecurity protections and better defend against cyber threats targeting the U.S. health care system by bolstering the security safeguards required under the HIPAA Security Rule. While a final rule has not yet been issued (as the NPRM was open for public comment until March 7, 2025 and HHS is currently reviewing those comments), if adopted, these proposed changes would potentially require significant operational adjustments and potential cost increases to comply,
32
Table of Contents
and are expected to become final in approximately 180 days from publication of any final rule. Moreover, compliance with state laws related to health privacy may result in additional compliance costs.
We may encounter vendors that engage in information blocking practices that may inhibit our ability to access the relevant data on behalf of patients or impose new or additional costs. Specifically, the information blocking rules were implemented as part of the 21st Century Cures Act, and are primarily designed to facilitate technology interoperability and enable the free flow of healthcare information for healthcare treatment, payment or operation purposes.
Furthermore, new health information standards, whether implemented pursuant to HIPAA, Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health (“HITECH”) Act, congressional action or otherwise could have a significant effect on the manner in which we handle health-related information, and the cost of complying with these standards could be significant. If we do not comply with existing or new laws and regulations related to patient health information, we could be subject to criminal or civil sanctions.
The CPRA provides for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of action for data breaches which is expected to increase data breach litigation. Additionally, the CPRA, which came into effect in January 2023, imposed additional data protection obligations on companies doing business in California, created a new California data protection agency authorized to issue substantive regulations and could result in increased privacy and information security enforcement. In addition to California, at least twenty (20) other states in the U.S. have enacted comprehensive consumer privacy laws similar to the CPRA including, but not limited to, Virginia, Colorado, Connecticut, Oregon, Texas, and Utah (among many others). We expect other states to consider adopting similar laws in the future.
Some of these new or existing laws may apply to our business activities, so additional compliance investment and potential business process changes may be required. Similar consumer privacy and data protection legislation has been introduced at the federal level that may ultimately have conflicting requirements and, if enacted, would further complicate compliance.
Additionally, the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) and many state attorneys general are interpreting existing federal and state consumer protection laws to impose evolving standards for the collection, use, dissemination and security of health-related and other personal information. Courts may also adopt the standards for fair information practices promulgated by the FTC, which concern consumer notice, choice, security and access. Consumer protection laws require us to publish statements that describe how we handle personal information and the choices individuals may have about the way we handle their personal information.
If such information that we publish is considered untrue, we may be subject to government claims of unfair or deceptive trade practices, which could lead to significant liabilities and consequences. Furthermore, according to the FTC, violating consumers’ privacy rights or failing to take appropriate steps to keep consumers’ personal information secure may constitute unfair acts or practices in, or affecting, commerce in violation of Section 5 of the FTC Act.
Additionally, data and digital services regulation continues to expand, particularly with respect to AI and automated decision making, which may further impact our business and regulatory compliance strategies.
Furthermore, the U.S. Department of Justice (“DOJ”) recently implemented the Data Security Program Rule (or “DSP Rule”), which imposes restrictions on certain data-related transactions involving U.S. persons and entities, particularly those that may result in access to U.S. government-related data or bulk sensitive personal data of U.S. persons by foreign adversaries or entities under their control. The DSP Rule effectively imposes export control-like restrictions on the transfer, sale, or sharing of (i) U.S. Government-related data (e.g., any geolocation data involving, for example, worksites of government employees in national security positions; military installations; or sensitive personal data linkable to employees, contractors, senior officials, etc.), and (ii) bulk U.S. sensitive personal data (e.g., genomic, geolocation, biometric, health, financial, and other personal data) - to or with entities in countries of concern, as well as entities and persons associated with those countries. Failure to comply with the DSP Rule could result in civil or criminal penalties and/or restrictions on our ability to engage in certain business activities. Additionally, the scope and interpretation of the DSP Rule may evolve, and future guidance or enforcement actions could impose further obligations or restrictions.
Internationally, various jurisdictions outside of the United States in which we operate have established, or are currently developing, their own data privacy and security legal frameworks with which we or our customers must comply. In certain cases, these international laws and regulations are more restrictive than many regulations in the United States. For example, within the European Union (“EU”), the General Data Protection Regulation 2016/679 (“EU GDPR”) went into effect on May 25, 2018, and introduced strict requirements for the processing of personal data of individuals. The EU GDPR governs the collection, use, disclosure, transfer, and other processing of personal data (i.e., data which identifies an individual or from which an individual is identifiable). The UK has implemented the EU GDPR as the UK GDPR which sits alongside the UK Data Protection Act 2018 (the UK GDPR, together with the EU GDPR, the “GDPR”). The GDPR has direct effect where an
33
Table of Contents
entity is established in the European Economic Area (“EEA”) or the UK (as applicable) and has extraterritorial effect, including where an organization outside of the EEA or the UK processes personal data in relation to the offering of goods or services to those individuals or the monitoring of their behavior while those individuals are in the EEA or UK.
The GDPR imposes stringent obligations on companies that fall within its scope, including inter alia: (i) accountability and transparency requirements, requiring controllers to demonstrate and record compliance with the GDPR and to provide more detailed information to data subjects regarding processing of their personal data; (ii) obligations to comply with data protection rights of data subjects including a right: (x) of access to, erasure of, or rectification of personal data; (y) to restriction of processing or to withdraw consent to processing; and (z) to object to processing or to ask for a copy of personal data to be provided to a third party; (iii) obligations to consider data protection as any new products or services are developed and designed (including e.g., to limit the amount of personal data processed); (iv) requirements to process personal data lawfully including specific requirements for obtaining valid consent where consent is the lawful basis for processing; (v) an obligation to report personal data breaches to: (x) the applicable supervisory authority without undue delay (and no later than 72 hours after discovering the personal data breach, where feasible), unless the personal data breach is unlikely to result in a risk to the data subjects’ rights and freedoms; and (y) affected data subjects, where the personal data breach is likely to result in a high risk to their rights and freedoms. The EU GDPR also provides that EU Member States may introduce further laws and regulations limiting the processing of genetic, biometric, or health data, which could limit our ability to collect, use, and share EU personal data, cause our compliance costs to increase, require us to change our practices, adversely impact our business, and harm our financial condition.
In addition, the EU GDPR prohibits the international transfer of personal data from the EEA to the United States and other jurisdictions that the European Commission does not recognize as having “adequate” data protection laws unless a data transfer mechanism has been put in place or a derogation under the EU GDPR can be relied upon. In July 2020, the Court of Justice of the EU (“CJEU”) in its Schrems II judgement limited how organizations could lawfully transfer personal data from the EEA to the US by invalidating the EU-US Privacy Shield for purposes of international transfers and imposing further restrictions on the use of standard contractual clauses (“EU SCCs”), which Omnicell utilizes such standard contractual clauses for cross-border transfers of personal data from the EEA to the U.S. The Schrems II judgement also includes a requirement for companies to carry out a transfer privacy impact assessment (“TIAs”). A TIA, among other things, assesses laws governing access to personal data in the recipient country and considers whether supplementary measures that provide privacy protections additional to those provided under EU SCCs will need to be implemented to ensure an “essentially equivalent” level of data protection to that afforded in the EEA.
The UK GDPR imposes similar restrictions on transfers of personal data from the UK to jurisdictions that the UK Government does not consider adequate, including the United States. The UK Government has published its own form of the EU SCCs, known as the International Data Transfer Agreement and an International Data Transfer Addendum to the new EU SCCs, which Omnicell utilizes for cross-border transfers of personal data from the UK (and, in certain cases, also the EEA).
The UK Information Commissioner’s Office has also published its version of the TIA and guidance on international transfers, although entities may choose to adopt either the EU or UK style TIA.
The GDPR imposes fines for serious breaches of up to the higher of 4% of the organization’s annual worldwide turnover or €20m (under the EU GDPR) or £17.5m (under the UK GDPR). The GDPR identifies a list of points to consider when determining the level of fines for data supervisory authorities to impose (including the nature, gravity and duration of the infringement). Data subjects also have a right to compensation, as a result of an organization’s breach of the GDPR which has affected them, for financial or non-financial losses (e.g., distress).
In the EU a number of new laws related to digital data and AI have recently entered into force, or are expected to enter into force in the foreseeable future. We are still assessing the scope of application, impact, and risk of these recent EU laws on our business, and will continue to assess this moving forward, including for example the European Health Data Space Regulation which was adopted by the European Parliament in the second quarter of 2024 and seeks to, among other things, provide individuals with more control over their electronic health data (“EHD”), enable cross-border sharing of EHD between national EU healthcare systems and facilitate the sharing of EHD for secondary research purposes. In addition to government regulation, privacy advocates and industry groups may propose new and different self-regulatory standards that may legally or contractually apply to us, and other regulatory protections may lose their applicability to our business as regulations and legal proceedings continue to evolve globally. We also expect that there will continue to be new proposed laws, regulations, and industry standards relating to privacy, data protection, and information security, including in the UK (see above), where we have business operations. We cannot predict the scope of any such future laws, regulations, and standards that may be applicable to us, or how courts, agencies, or data protection authorities might interpret current ones. It is possible that these laws and other obligations may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our existing data management practices or the functionality of our solutions.
34
Table of Contents
In addition to European data protection law, we or our customers may be subject to, or may become subject to, various other data privacy and security laws and regulations of other jurisdictions, including those in Canada, China, India, and Saudi Arabia. Due to increasing data collection and data flows, as well as the use of emerging technologies (such as AI), regulations in this area are constantly evolving with regulatory and legislative authorities in numerous parts of the world adopting proposals to regulate data and protect information. In addition, the interpretation and application of these privacy and data protection laws are often uncertain and in a state of flux, thus requiring constant monitoring for compliance. Compliance with privacy, data protection, and information security laws, regulations, and other obligations is costly, and we may encounter difficulties, delays, or significant expenses in connection with our compliance, or because of our customers’ need to comply or our customers’ interpretation of their own legal requirements.
In addition, any future event that results in the failure or perceived failure by us to comply with laws, regulations, policies, legal or contractual obligations, industry standards, or regulatory guidance relating to privacy or data security could result in governmental investigations and enforcement actions, litigation, fines and penalties, exposure to indemnification obligations or other liabilities, and adverse publicity, all of which could have an adverse effect on our reputation, as well as our business, financial condition, and operating results.
We may fail to realize the potential benefits of acquired businesses, which could negatively affect our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition.
We have in the past acquired businesses, and expect to continue to seek to acquire businesses, technologies, or products in the future. We cannot provide assurance that any acquisition or future transaction we complete will result in long-term benefits to us or our stockholders, or that we will be able to effectively integrate or manage the acquired businesses.
These transactions may involve significant challenges, uncertainties, and risks, including:
•difficulties in combining previously separate businesses into a single unit and the complexity of managing a more dispersed organization as sites are acquired;
•difficulties in right-sizing organizations and gaining synergies across acquired operations;
•complying with regulatory requirements, such as those of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”), the U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration (“DEA”), or state boards of pharmacy, that we were not previously subject to;
•failure to understand and compete effectively in markets in which we have limited previous experience;
•substantial costs and diversion of management’s attention when evaluating and negotiating such transactions and then integrating an acquired business, including any unforeseen delays and expenditures that may result;
•incurring additional debt in connection with the financing of an acquisition;
•discovery, after completion of the acquisition, of liabilities assumed or internal control, regulatory or compliance issues in acquisitions that are broader in scope and magnitude or are more difficult to manage than originally assumed or identified;
•difficulties assimilating and retaining key personnel of an acquired business;
•failure to achieve anticipated benefits such as revenue enhancements and operational and cost efficiencies;
•difficulties in integrating newly acquired products and solutions in our offerings, or inability or failure to provide high quality service, expand bookings and sales, or effectively coordinate sales and marketing efforts after the acquisition;
•inability to maintain business relationships with customers and suppliers of newly acquired companies due to post-acquisition disruption;
•inability or failure to successfully integrate financial reporting and information technology systems; and
•other additional risks relating to legal, regulatory or tax matters.
If we are not able to successfully integrate or manage the acquired businesses and their operations, or if there are delays in combining the businesses, the anticipated benefits of the acquisition may not be realized fully or at all or may take longer to realize than expected and our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition may be negatively impacted.
35
Table of Contents
If goodwill or other intangible assets that we recorded in connection with our prior acquisitions become impaired, we could be required to take significant charges against earnings.
In connection with the accounting for prior acquisitions, we recorded a significant amount of goodwill and other intangible assets. Under GAAP, we must assess, at least annually and potentially more frequently, whether the value of goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets has been impaired. Intangible assets subject to amortization will be assessed for impairment in the event of an impairment indicator. As of December 31, 2025, we had recorded approximately $907.4 million, net of accumulated amortization, in goodwill and intangible assets, in connection with past acquisitions. Any future reduction or impairment of the value of goodwill or other intangible assets will result in a charge against earnings, which could materially adversely affect our operating results and shareholders’ equity in future periods.
The healthcare industry is subject to legislative and regulatory changes, as well as financial constraints and consolidation, which could adversely affect the demand for our products and services.
The healthcare industry has faced, and will likely continue to face, significant financial constraints. U.S. government legislation and program rulemaking may cause customers to postpone purchases of our products due to reductions in federal healthcare program reimbursement rates and/or needed changes to their operations in order to meet the requirements of legislation or in anticipation of future rulemaking. For example, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, among other things, reduced Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (“CMS”) payments to several types of providers, including hospitals, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover Medicare overpayments to providers from three to five years. Our automation solutions often involve a significant financial commitment from our customers and, as a result, our ability to grow our business is largely dependent on our customers’ capital and operating budgets. To the extent current or proposed legislation and program rules promote spending on other initiatives or healthcare providers’ spending declines or increases more slowly than we anticipate, demand for our products and services could decline.
In addition, certain healthcare legislation and regulations may be challenged from time to time, in an effort to modify or repeal that legislation or those regulations. For example, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (collectively, the “ACA”), which was passed in March 2010 and substantially changed the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers, has been subject to numerous judicial, legislative, and regulatory efforts to replace it or to alter its interpretation or implementation. The One Big Beautiful Bill Act (“OBBBA”), which was passed in 2025, reverses ACA expansions by scaling back certain ACA subsidies, introducing work requirements and other eligibility requirements for participating in Medicaid, as well as other requirements for marketplace access and is expected to result in a $910 billion Medicaid spending reduction across states. As a result of these changes, our customers’ budgets or spending decisions may be impacted, which in turn could negatively impact our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition. It is unclear how the OBBBA or future efforts to challenge, repeal, replace, or otherwise modify, or alter the implementation or interpretation of the ACA will affect our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition.
We cannot predict the success of our business with respect to any such challenges or the effect that subsequent changes or new resulting legislation or regulations would have on our business or the healthcare industry in general. Furthermore, many existing healthcare laws and regulations, when enacted, did not anticipate the services we may provide. Any future actions or developments could adversely impact the healthcare industry, including with respect to the cost of prescription drugs, regulation of pharmacy services, the administration of the federal 340B Program, changes to pharmacy reimbursement rates, or could challenge or change the way we do business, which could have an adverse impact on our business.
Healthcare providers have consolidated to create larger healthcare delivery organizations in order to achieve economies of scale and/or greater market power. If this consolidation continues, it would increase the size of certain target customers, which could increase the cost, effort, and difficulty in selling our products to such customers, or could cause our existing or potential customers to begin utilizing our competitors’ products if such customers are acquired by healthcare providers that prefer our competitors’ products to ours. In addition, the resulting organizations could have greater bargaining power, which may lead to price erosion. This consolidation could also result in new entrants in the markets in which we operate, which presents additional risk and could result in adverse impacts on our business. See “We operate in highly competitive markets, and we may be unable to compete successfully” above for additional information.
36
Table of Contents
Government regulation of the healthcare industry could reduce demand for our products or services, or substantially increase the cost to produce our products or deliver our services.
The manufacture and sale of most of our current medication management solutions are not directly regulated by the FDA or the DEA, although such products and services are used by other persons (our customers) whose pharmacy, dispensing, and compounding activities may be subject to regulation by those agencies and by state boards of pharmacy. However, we manufacture and develop specifications for products classified as Class I and Class II medical devices, which are subject to FDA regulation and require compliance with the FDA Quality System Regulation as well as medical device reporting, including a sterile disposable product that required FDA 510(k) review and clearance prior to marketing and distribution. Medical devices are also subject to various other regulatory requirements, including as applicable, premarket clearance or approval, establishment registration and device listing, complaint handling, notification and repair, replace, refund, mandatory recalls, unique device identifier (“UDI”) requirements, reports of removals and corrections, cybersecurity requirements and post-marketing surveillance. Additional products and services may require us to observe HHS regulations for credentialing of providers (pharmacists) or be subject to DEA regulations concerning the management, storing, dispensing, and disposal of, and accounting for, controlled substances, and may be regulated in the future by the FDA, DEA, or other federal agencies due to future legislative and regulatory initiatives or reforms. In addition, certain provisions of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (“FDCA”) related to the handling, distribution and compounding of pharmaceuticals, govern all parts of the drug distribution chain, which our customers may be required to comply with and which may influence customer demand for our products. Direct regulation of our business and products by the FDA, DEA, CMS, or other federal agencies could substantially increase the cost to produce our products or deliver our services and increase the time required to bring those products and services to market, reduce the demand for our products and services, and reduce our revenues. In addition, our customers include healthcare providers and facilities subject to regulation by the DEA, pharmacies subject to regulation by the FDA and individual state boards of pharmacy and hospitals subject to accreditation by accrediting organizations approved by CMS, such as the Joint Commission, and the rules, regulations, and standards of such regulators and accrediting organizations. Any failure of our customers to comply with the applicable rules, regulations, and standards could reduce demand for our products or services and harm our business, competitive position, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition. Given our customers, products, services, and industry relationships, we may also be subject to rules, regulations, standards, and civil or criminal enforcement imposed by HHS, the U.S. Department of Justice, the HHS Office of Inspector General, CMS, the Health Resources and Services Administration, and state attorneys general, including with respect to state and federal False Claims Act statutes, federal Anti-Kickback Statute, and federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act, among others. As such, from time to time, we may be subject to various state or federal governmental inspections, reviews, audits and investigations to verify our compliance with governmental rules and regulations to the extent governing our products and services. The costs to respond to or defend any such reviews, audits and investigations can be significant and are likely to increase in the current enforcement environment. These cases may, from time to time, originate from whistleblowers, which have separate indemnity and reimbursement rights under state and federal laws. These cases, audits and investigations may result in other adverse consequences, particularly if the underlying conduct is found to be pervasive or systemic. These consequences may include, but are not limited to: (1) refunding or retroactively adjusting amounts that have been paid under the relevant government program or from other payors; (2) state or federal agencies imposing significant fines, penalties and other sanctions on us; (3) losing our right to participate in certain governmental programs; and (4) damaging our reputation in various markets, which could adversely affect our ability to attract customers and employees. As previously disclosed, on May 5, 2025, Omnicell entered into a settlement agreement with the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the Eastern District of Washington to resolve certain potential non-compliances with our previous Federal Supply Schedule contract and associated potential violations of the False Claims Act, which required us to pay $4.6 million to cover damages and other statutorily provided amounts under the False Claims Act, which settled the matter without admission of liability. If such events were to occur in the future, the consequences could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition.
While we have implemented policies, procedures, practices and controls appropriate to our processing of regulated patient health information (as well as the known risks associated with such processing), and adhere to established privacy principles, use of customer information guidelines, and related federal and state statutes, we cannot assure you that we will be in compliance with all international, federal and state healthcare information privacy and security laws that we are directly or indirectly subject to. Under HIPAA, we are considered a “business associate” in relation to many of our customers that are covered entities, and, as such, most of these customers have required that we enter into written agreements governing the way we handle and safeguard certain patient health information we may encounter in providing our products and services, and may impose liability on us for failure to meet our contractual obligations. Furthermore, pursuant to changes in HIPAA under the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 and the 2013 Omnibus Final Rule, we are covered under HIPAA similar to other covered entities and, in some cases, subject to the same civil and criminal penalties as a covered entity. A number of states and countries have also enacted privacy and security statutes and regulations that, in some cases, are more stringent than HIPAA and may also apply directly to us. If our past or present operations are found to violate any of these laws, we may be subject to fines, penalties, and other sanctions.
37
Table of Contents
In addition, we cannot predict the potential impact of future privacy standards and other federal, state, and international privacy and security laws that may be enacted at any time on our customers or on Omnicell. These laws could restrict the ability of Omnicell and/or our customers to obtain, use, or disseminate patient information, which could reduce the demand for our products or services or force us to redesign our products or services in order to meet regulatory requirements. For more information, you should also refer to the risk factor above captioned “We are subject to laws, regulations, and other legal obligations related to privacy, data protection, and information security, and the costs of compliance with, and potential liability associated with, our actual or perceived failure to comply with such obligations could harm our business”.
Changes to the 340B Program could negatively impact our business.
Any changes to the 340B Drug Pricing Program, such as changes to the scope of, or requirements for participation in, the 340B Program, could negatively impact our 340B Program-related services. Current litigation brought by multiple manufacturers is challenging the Health Resources and Services Administration (“HRSA”) requirement to offer the 340B ceiling price on drugs dispensed at contract pharmacies. The decisions that have been issued to date have been narrowly tailored and appeals have been filed in some of the cases. While the litigation is ongoing, a number of manufacturers have restricted access to the 340B ceiling price for drugs dispensed at contract pharmacies. Furthermore, on August 1, 2025, the U.S. federal government announced a pilot program for a limited 340B rebate model, available solely for drugs that are subject to “negotiated pricing” under Medicare beginning in 2026, and HRSA subsequently announced that it had approved pilot 340B rebate programs for nine of the ten drugs subject to negotiated prices. Subsequently on December 29, 2025, U.S. District Court for the District of Maine issued an injunction against the implementation of the pilot program 340B rebate model and on December 31, 2025 HRSA paused its implementation.
It is not yet clear how the litigation will resolve. If 340B ceiling prices are not required to be offered for drugs dispensed at contract pharmacies, the rebate model described above is implemented and limits access to 340B pricing for covered entities, or the requirements for participation by 340B covered entities make participation in the program less beneficial to our customers, our 340B Program-related or specialty pharmacy offerings may become less useful or attractive to 340B covered entities or our specialty pharmacy customers. Furthermore, any legislative or regulatory changes to the 340B Program could adversely impact our customers and reduce the demand for our customers to establish specialty pharmacies. As a result, our 340B Program-related and specialty pharmacy businesses could decline, which could materially adversely affect our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition.
Furthermore, uncertainty around the 340B Program could lead to lower levels of participation by 340B covered entities, which could reduce demand for our 340B Program-related businesses and could adversely affect our business. In addition, Congress has considered legislative changes to the 340B Program. Any legislative changes to the 340B Program could also affect our 340B Program-related services.
We must comply with anti-kickback, fraud and abuse, false claims, transparency, and other healthcare laws and regulations.
Our current and future operations are subject to various federal and state healthcare laws and regulations that affect our sales, marketing, and other promotional activities by limiting the kinds of financial arrangements we can enter into with respect to our products and services and/or requiring disclosure of certain of our financial arrangements to government agencies. They also impose additional administrative and compliance burdens on us. These laws include, but are not limited to, the healthcare fraud and abuse laws described in the section titled “Business - Government Regulation” above.
The scope and enforcement of each of these laws is uncertain and subject to rapid change in the current environment of healthcare reform, and it is possible that some of our business activities could be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws or that such laws could be applied to our business in ways we did not anticipate. Ensuring that our business arrangements with third parties comply with applicable healthcare laws, as well as responding to investigations by government authorities (which have increased in recent years as the healthcare industry has come under greater scrutiny) can be time and resource consuming and can divert management’s attention from the business. As previously disclosed, on May 5, 2025, Omnicell entered into a settlement agreement with the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the Eastern District of Washington to resolve certain potential non-compliances with our previous Federal Supply Schedule contract and associated potential violations of the False Claims Act, which required us to pay $4.6 million to cover damages and other statutorily provided amounts under the False Claims Act, which settled the matter without admission of liability. If our operations are found in the future to be in violation of any of the laws described above or any other government regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to significant financial penalties and possible exclusion from participation in federal and state funded healthcare programs, and the curtailment or restricting of our operations, as well as additional reporting obligations and oversight if we become subject to a corporate integrity agreement or other agreement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these laws. This could harm our ability to operate our business and our financial results.
38
Table of Contents
Our international operations and international supply chain may subject us to additional risks that can adversely affect our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition.
We currently have operations outside of the United States, including sales efforts centered in Canada, Europe, the Middle East, and the Asia-Pacific regions, and supply chain efforts in Asia and the Americas. We intend to continue to expand our international operations, particularly in certain markets that we view as strategic, including the Middle East. Our international operations subject us to a variety of risks, including:
•our reliance on distributors for the sale of our medication management solutions in certain countries;
•the difficulty of managing an organization operating in various countries;
•reduced protection for intellectual property rights in certain jurisdictions;
•the imposition of, or adverse changes in, international laws and regulations, including privacy and security, labor, import, export, trade (including tariffs), environmental standards, product compliance, tax, anti-bribery, and employment laws;
•fluctuations in currency exchange rates and difficulties in repatriating funds from certain countries;
•additional investment, coordination, and lead-time necessary to successfully interface our automation solutions with the existing information systems of our customers or potential customers outside of the United States;
•political unrest, terrorism, and other potential hostilities (such as the ongoing conflicts between Russia and Ukraine or Israel and Hamas, or future conflict between the United States and Iran), or threats of terrorism or potential hostilities (such as conflict between China and Taiwan), including in areas in which we have facilities or operations; and
•epidemics, pandemics, or other major public health crises.
If we are unable to anticipate and address these risks properly our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition could be harmed.
Furthermore, in recent years, the U.S. government has advocated for greater restrictions on trade generally. For example, in 2025, the U.S. imposed tariffs on a wide variety of products manufactured in multiple foreign jurisdictions, including China, Mexico, and Malaysia. In response to the ongoing changes in tariffs, several foreign countries have imposed reciprocal tariffs on goods manufactured in the United States. These tariff rates have fluctuated and may continue to fluctuate going forward. On February 20, 2026, the U.S. Supreme Court struck down certain tariffs imposed under the International Emergency Powers Act. It is unclear at this time what impact this decision will have on our business or future operating results, including whether we will be able to obtain refunds of amounts previously collected for such tariffs or the level of replacement tariffs the current U.S. Administration may impose through other means. Although we continue to work to mitigate the impact of current or potential tariffs, we may incorrectly anticipate outcomes, forgo or pass up business opportunities, or fail to appropriately adapt or manage our business strategies in response to these changes.
We cannot predict what additional actions may ultimately be taken with respect to tariffs or trade relations between the United States and other countries (including China), what products may be subject to such actions, or what other actions may be taken by the other countries in retaliation, including implementing new or increasing reciprocal tariffs. These actions may change without warning, further exacerbating our inability to anticipate or react to such actions or to accurately forecast the resulting impacts. Changes in export or import regulation and other trade barriers (such as tariffs) and related uncertainties may have an adverse effect on our business, including cost increases for our raw materials or components (some which we have already seen), greater uncertainty and risk in our supply chain, or an inability to accurately forecast our margins.
The adoption and expansion of trade restrictions, the occurrence of a trade war, other governmental action related to tariffs or trade agreements or policies, or the related uncertainties, has the potential to adversely impact our ability to do business outside of the United States as well as to adversely impact demand for our products or our supply chain and costs, which could, in turn, adversely affect our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition. In addition, certain of our competitors may be better positioned than us to withstand or react to tariffs or other restrictions on global trade and as a result, we may lose market share to such competitors.
Covenants in our Second A&R Credit Agreement restrict our business and operations in many ways, and if we do not effectively manage our compliance with these covenants, our financial conditions and operating results could be adversely affected.
The Second A&R Credit Agreement contains various customary covenants that require us to provide financial and other information reporting as well as notice upon certain events and limit or restrict our ability and/or our subsidiaries’ ability
39
Table of Contents
to, among other things, incur or assume liens or additional debt or provide guarantees in respect of obligations of other persons; issue redeemable preferred stock; pay dividends or distributions or redeem or repurchase capital stock; prepay, redeem, or repurchase certain debt; make loans, investments, acquisitions, and capital expenditures; enter into agreements that restrict distributions from our subsidiaries; sell assets and capital stock of our subsidiaries; enter into certain transactions with affiliates; and consolidate or merge with or into, or sell substantially all of our assets to, another person.
The Second A&R Credit Agreement also includes financial covenants requiring us (i) not to exceed a maximum consolidated secured net leverage ratio of 3.00:1 and (ii) to maintain a minimum consolidated interest coverage ratio of 3.00:1. Our ability to comply with these financial covenants may be affected by events beyond our control. Our failure to comply with any of the covenants under the Second A&R Credit Agreement could result in a default under the terms of the Second A&R Credit Agreement, which could permit the administrative agent or the lenders to declare all or part of any outstanding borrowings to be immediately due and payable or foreclose on our assets, or to refuse to permit additional borrowings under the revolving credit facility, which could restrict our operations, particularly our ability to respond to changes in our business or to take specified actions to take advantage of certain business opportunities that may be presented to us. In addition, if we are unable to repay those amounts, the administrative agent and the lenders under the Second A&R Credit Agreement could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that debt and foreclose on our assets, which would seriously harm our business.
The concentration of our cash and cash equivalents with a limited number of financial institutions may expose us to liquidity and counterparty risk.
A substantial portion of our cash and cash equivalents is maintained in deposit accounts and money market funds with a limited number of financial institutions. In many instances, the balances in these accounts exceed applicable federal deposit insurance limits. As a result, our cash balances may be subject to the risk of loss, delay in access, or impairment in the event of the failure, insolvency, or other adverse financial condition of any of these institutions.
Any inability to access our cash and cash equivalents when needed could adversely affect our liquidity, our ability to meet our operating and contractual obligations, and our financial condition and results of operations.
Climate change, legal, regulatory or market measures to address climate change and a focus on environmental, social and corporate governance (“ESG”) matters by various stakeholders may negatively affect our business and operating results.
Climate changes, such as extreme weather conditions and natural disasters or the occurrence of extreme weather conditions and natural disasters with increased frequency and severity, resulting from increased concentrations of greenhouse gases in the atmosphere, could present risks to our operations by decreasing the availability or increasing cost of materials needed for manufacturing, or increasing insurance and other operating costs. Natural disasters and extreme weather conditions, such as hurricanes, tornadoes, earthquakes, wildfires, or flooding, may also pose physical risks to our facilities and disrupt the operation of our supply chain.
In addition, increased awareness and concern over climate change may result in new or additional regional and/or federal legal or regulatory requirements designed to reduce greenhouse gas emissions and/or mitigate the effects of climate change on the environment. Currently, there continues to be a lack of consistent climate legislation, which creates economic and regulatory uncertainty. If such laws or regulations are more stringent than current legal or regulatory obligations, we may experience disruption in, or an increase in the costs associated with sourcing, manufacturing and distribution of our products, which may adversely affect our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition.
Furthermore, regulators’, customers’, investors’, and employees’ expectations for ESG matters have been rapidly evolving. The heightened stakeholder focus on these issues requires continuous monitoring of various and evolving standards and the associated reporting requirements.
A failure to adequately meet stakeholder ESG expectations or if our ESG initiatives are viewed as being overemphasized, combined with inconsistent and shifting standards by which to measure ESG performance, may result in the loss of business, being subject to legal proceedings, including investigations or litigation, diluted market valuation, an inability to attract customers or an inability to attract and retain top talent.
Catastrophic events may disrupt our business and harm our operating results.
We rely on our corporate facilities, production facilities, network infrastructure, data centers, enterprise applications, and technology systems for the research and development, marketing, support, assembly and manufacture, and sales of our products, and for the internal operation of our business. These facilities and systems may be susceptible to disruption or failure in the event of earthquake, fire, flood, ice and snowstorms, other natural disasters or extreme weather conditions, as well as cyber-attack, terrorist attack, telecommunications failure, health emergencies, including epidemics or pandemics, or other
40
Table of Contents
catastrophic events. Many of these facilities or systems are located or supported in or around Northern California, near major earthquake faults and which may be vulnerable to climate change effects, and where a significant portion of our research and development activities and other critical business operations take place. Other critical systems are housed in communities that have been subject to significant tropical storms, such St. Petersburg, Florida, which is the location of our manufacturing facilities for our consumable medication packages. In the future, tropical storms may be intensified or occur with increasing frequency. Disruptions to these facilities, or the failure of any of these systems, and the resulting loss of critical data, which is not quickly recoverable by the effective execution of disaster recovery plans designed to reduce such disruption, could cause delays in our product development, prevent us from fulfilling our customers’ orders, and could severely affect our ability to conduct normal business operations, the result of which would adversely affect our operating results.
Our success is dependent on our ability to recruit and retain skilled and motivated personnel.
Our success is highly dependent upon the continuing contributions of our key management, sales, technical, and engineering staff, and on our ability to attract, train, and retain highly skilled and motivated personnel. As more of our products are installed in increasingly complex environments, greater technical expertise will be required. As our installed base of customers increases, we will require additional resources to meet increased demands on our customer service and support personnel. Furthermore, as we execute on the industry-defined vision of the Autonomous Pharmacy and grow and develop our cloud-based software as a service and solution as a service offerings, more specialized expertise will be required. This growth and shift in products and offerings could lead to increased labor costs, and thereby increased costs of our products and offerings, which could result in reduced customer demand and our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition could be materially and adversely affected. Additionally, competition for specialized and technical personnel can be intense, and the pool of suitable candidates may be limited. We may not be successful in attracting and retaining qualified personnel. If we lose the services of one or more of our key personnel, we may not be able to find a suitable replacement and our business could be materially adversely affected. We also strive to maintain employee well-being, recognizing the continued burdens and pressures employees may be experiencing due to macroeconomic uncertainties, including geopolitical unrest and continued inflation, which may impact employee performance, engagement, and retention. Furthermore, external and internal (such as our continued growth or internal restructuring initiatives) factors may result in greater workloads for our employees compared to those at companies with which we compete for personnel, which may lead to higher levels of employee burnout and turnover.
Competitors have in the past attempted, and may in the future attempt, to recruit our employees. In addition, since equity compensation is a key component of our employee compensation program, any further decrease in our stock price or failure to receive stockholder approval for future proposed increases to the number of shares reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans could prevent us from granting equity compensation at competitive levels and make it more difficult to attract, retain, and motivate employees, including key employees of acquired businesses. Failure to attract and retain key personnel could harm our competitive position, operating results, and financial condition.
Our failure to protect our intellectual property rights could negatively affect our ability to compete.
Our success depends in part on our ability to obtain patent protection for technology and processes, as well as our ability to preserve our trademarks, copyrights, and trade secrets. We have pursued patent protection in the United States and foreign jurisdictions for technology that we believe to be proprietary and for technology that we find offers us a potential competitive advantage for our products. We intend to continue to pursue such protection in the future. Our issued patents relate to various features of our medication management solutions and medication packaging systems. We cannot assure you that we will file any patent applications in the future and that any of our patent applications will result in issued patents, or that, if issued, such patents will provide significant protection for our technology and processes or a competitive advantage. Furthermore, we cannot assure you that such patents will not be challenged or invalidated or that others will not design around the patents we own. All of our system software is copyrighted and subject to the protection of applicable copyright laws; however, the laws of certain foreign countries do not protect our proprietary rights as effectively as they do in the U.S. Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, there can be no assurance that our efforts to protect our proprietary rights are or will be adequate, that competitors will not independently develop similar technology, and that unauthorized parties will not attempt to copy aspects of our products or obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary, which could harm our competitive position.
Our products use raw materials and components that may be subject to price fluctuations, shortages, or interruptions of supply, and if we are unable to maintain supply sources for such raw materials and components, or if such sources fail to satisfy our supply requirements, in particular with regard to semiconductor chips, we may experience a loss of sales, increased component costs, and reduced profitability.
Factors that are largely beyond our control, such as the imposition of new, or increase of existing, tariffs, cost (including as a result of an inflationary economic environment), quality, and availability of the raw materials and components utilized in the manufacture of our products, may affect the cost of such products, and we may not be able to pass those costs on
41
Table of Contents
to our customers, including an inability to offset such increased costs through potential price increases. Our products use raw materials and components that may be subject to price fluctuations, shortages, or other disruptions of supply for many reasons outside of our control. In addition, we may be dependent upon a limited number of suppliers for certain components which may be unduly affected by supply chain disruptions. The cost, quality, and availability of these raw materials and components are essential to the successful manufacture and sale of our products. If we are unable to maintain supply sources of these raw materials and components, or if such sources fail to satisfy our supply requirements, we may lose sales and experience increased component costs.
We have developed and implemented strategies in an effort to mitigate the impact of tariffs, price fluctuations, shortages, or other disruptions of supply, but these strategies, particularly in the event of a trade war or a prolonged inflationary environment or in an uncertain geopolitical climate, may only offset a portion of the adverse impact. We carry some inventory of critical components and are otherwise working to secure supplies necessary to ensure fulfillment of customer demand, but global shortages could result in our need to secure supplies at higher costs as well as manufacturing delays. Supply interruptions may result in increased component delivery lead times and increased costs to obtain components and as a result, the production of our products may be impacted. If we or our suppliers are unable to obtain components from third parties in the quantities and of the quality that we require, on a timely basis and at acceptable prices, we may not be able to deliver our products on a timely or cost-effective basis to our customers, or it may lead to us delivering products that are of a lower quality that may result in increased repair and replacement costs, which could harm our business and reputation, operating results, cash flow, and financial condition. We have also seen a period of sustained price increases for commodities used in the manufacture of our products that may continue as demand increases, supply remains constrained or trade restrictions are adopted or expanded, which has resulted in, and may continue to result in, increased costs for Omnicell and thereby potentially lower profit margins. If the costs of these commodities increase or remain elevated, it could adversely affect our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition.
We depend on a limited number of suppliers for our products, and our business may suffer if we were required to change suppliers to obtain an adequate supply of components, equipment, and raw materials on a timely basis.
Although we generally use parts and components for our products with a high degree of modularity, certain components are presently available only from a single source or limited sources. We rely on a limited number of suppliers for the raw materials necessary to produce our consumable medication packages. While we have generally been able to obtain adequate supplies of all components and raw materials in a timely manner from existing sources, or where necessary, from alternative sources, we entered into relationships with certain suppliers for components for our XT Series and Titan XT products. We engage multiple single source third-party manufacturers to build several of our sub-assemblies. The risks associated with changing to alternative vendors, if necessary, for any of the numerous components used to manufacture our products could limit our ability to manufacture our products or result in the use of substitute components in our products that could lead to additional complexity or cost in maintaining our products and thereby harm our business. Due to our reliance on a few single source partners to build our hardware sub-assemblies and on a limited number of suppliers for the raw materials that are necessary in the production of our consumable medication packages, a reduction or interruption in supply from our partners or suppliers, or a significant increase in the price of one or more components could have an adverse impact on our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition. In certain circumstances, the failure of any of our suppliers or us to perform adequately could result in quality control issues affecting end users’ acceptance of our products, which could damage customer relationships and harm our business.
Our U.S. government lease agreements are subject to annual budget funding cycles and mandated changes, which may affect our ability to recognize revenues and sell receivables based on such leases.
Prior to September 2021, U.S. government customers that leased our equipment typically signed contracts with five-year payment terms that are subject to one-year government budget funding cycles. Effective September 2021, the government mandated changes in its Federal Supply Services contract that resulted in our determination not to enter into future leases with U.S. government customers. As a result, our volume of U.S. government customer leases has declined and will continue to decline over time and cease in the future. In addition, under the terms of the Federal Supply Schedule contract, certain of our U.S. government customer contracts are terminable at the convenience of the applicable U.S. government customer. Furthermore, there are uncertainties surrounding the U.S. federal government’s budget and budgetary priorities, reduced staffing at government agencies, as well as pressures on government expenditures, which could adversely affect the funding for, and delay purchasing decisions by, our U.S. government customers. If any of our government-owned or government-run hospital customers decide to terminate their agreements early for any reason, we would not derive the expected financial benefits from any such customer, which could result in lower than expected revenue and adversely affect our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition. In addition, the failure of any of our U.S. government customers to receive their annual funding, or the government mandating changes to the Federal Supply Services contract, could impair our ability to sell equipment to these customers.
42
Table of Contents
If we fail to manage our inventory properly, our revenue, gross margin, and profitability could suffer.
Managing our inventory of components and finished products is a complex task. A number of factors, including, but not limited to, the need to maintain a significant inventory of certain components that are in short supply or that must be purchased in bulk to obtain favorable pricing, the general unpredictability of demand for specific products and customer requests for quick delivery schedules, may result in us maintaining large amounts of inventory. Other factors, including changes in market demand, customer requirements, and technology, may cause our inventory to become obsolete. Any excess or obsolete inventory could result in inventory write-downs, which in turn could harm our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition.
Intellectual property claims against us could harm our competitive position, operating results, and financial condition.
We expect that developers of medication management solutions and medication packaging systems will be increasingly subject to infringement claims as the number of products and competitors in our industry grows and the functionality of products in different industry segments overlaps. In the future, third parties may claim that we have infringed upon, misappropriated, or otherwise violated their intellectual property rights with respect to current or future products. We do not carry special insurance that covers intellectual property infringement claims, however, such claims may be covered under our traditional insurance policies. These policies contain terms, conditions, and exclusions that make recovery for intellectual property infringement claims difficult to guarantee. Any infringement claims, with or without merit, could be time-consuming to defend, result in costly litigation, divert management’s attention and resources, cause product shipment delays, or require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements. These royalty or licensing agreements, if required, may not be available on terms acceptable to us, or at all, which could harm our competitive position, operating results, and financial condition.
Product liability claims against us could harm our competitive position, operating results, and financial condition.
Our products include medication management solutions and medication adherence products and services for healthcare systems and pharmacies. Despite the presence of healthcare and pharmacy professionals as intermediaries between our products and patients, if our products fail to provide accurate and timely information or operate as designed, customers, patients, or their family members could assert claims against us for product liability. Moreover, failure of health care facility and pharmacy employees to use our products properly or for their intended purposes could result in product liability claims against us. Litigation with respect to product liability claims, regardless of any outcome, could result in substantial cost to us, divert management’s attention from operations, and decrease market acceptance of our products. We possess a variety of insurance policies that include coverage for general commercial liability and technology errors and omissions liability. We attempt to mitigate these risks through contractual terms negotiated with our customers. However, these policies and protective contractual terms may not be adequate against product liability claims and in the past we have been subject to certain lawsuits asserting, among other allegations, claims of product liability. A successful claim brought against us, or any claim or product recall that results in negative publicity about us, could harm our competitive position, operating results, and financial condition. Also, in the event that any of our products is defective, we may be required to recall or redesign those products, which could result in increased costs and have an adverse impact on our business.
We are dependent on technologies provided by third-party vendors, the loss of which could negatively and materially affect our ability to market, sell, or distribute our products.
Some of our products incorporate technologies owned by third parties that are licensed to us for use, modification, and distribution. If we lose access to third-party technologies or we lose the ongoing rights to modify and distribute these technologies with our products, we will have to devote resources to independently develop, maintain, and support the technologies ourselves, pay increased license costs, or transition to another vendor. Any independent development, maintenance, or support of these technologies by us or the transition to alternative technologies could be costly, time consuming, and could delay our product releases and upgrade schedules. These factors could negatively and materially affect our ability to market, sell, or distribute our products.
Investment in new business strategies, initiatives, products or solutions could disrupt ongoing business and present risks not originally contemplated.
We have invested, and in the future may invest, in new business strategies, initiatives, products, or solutions, whether in existing or new markets, including with respect to our software as a service or solution as a service subscription products and services or other subscription and cloud-based offerings. Such endeavors may involve significant risks and uncertainties, including distraction of management from current operations, lack of expertise to effectively execute such strategies or initiatives or to develop such products or solutions, delays, technical problems (including software defects or errors) or unexpected expenses related to the entry into new business strategies or initiatives or development of new products or solutions, insufficient revenue to offset liabilities assumed and expenses associated with a strategy, initiative, product or solution, inadequate return of capital or return on investment, and unidentified issues not discovered in our due diligence. These new
43
Table of Contents
ventures may be inherently risky and may not be successful. Even if successful, they may not have the projected or actual impact that we initially expected or that recoups our initial investment and we may make a determination to optimize our portfolio or to exit a particular business strategy, initiative, product line or solution. As a result, such initiatives may materially adversely affect our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition.
Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock
The market price of our common stock may continue to be highly volatile.
Our common stock traded between $22.66 and $47.69 per share during the year ended December 31, 2025. The market price of our common stock has been and may continue to be highly volatile in response to various factors discussed in this “Risk Factors” section, many of which are beyond our control, including:
•actual or anticipated changes in our operating results or forecasts, and whether our operating results meet our publicly announced guidance or expectations of securities analysts or investors;
•changes in the ratings of our common stock by securities analysts or changes in their earnings estimates;
•changes in our business model and initiatives, such as our ongoing transition to focus on a subscription-based business model or a decision to optimize our portfolio or to exit a particular business or product line, and our ongoing restructuring initiatives to contain costs;
•developments in our customer relationships;
•changes in our Board of Directors, senior management, or key personnel;
•announcements by us or our competitors of technological innovations or new products;
•mergers, acquisitions, combinations, and other significant transactions involving us or our competitors;
•our sale of our common stock or other securities;
•level of demand for our common stock, and actions by stockholders or short sellers of our common stock;
•changes in laws or regulations applicable to our products or services;
•our involvement in any litigation or investigations by government authorities, including litigation judgments, settlements, or other litigation-related costs;
•cyber events, such as breaches of data security or cyber-attacks on our systems or solutions;
•epidemics, pandemics, or other major public health crises; or
•general economic, regulatory, political and market conditions.
Furthermore, the stock market in general, and the market for technology companies in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. These broad market fluctuations may cause the market price of our common stock to decline irrespective of our performance. In addition, sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could lower the market price of our common stock.
In addition, stockholders have initiated class action lawsuits against companies following periods of volatility in the market prices of these companies’ stock. For example, in July 2019, a putative class action lawsuit was filed against Omnicell and certain of our officers alleging that the defendants violated federal securities laws by making certain materially false and misleading statements. While this action was concluded in December 2019 following the lead plaintiff’s voluntary dismissal as to all defendants, we may in the future be subject to other class action lawsuits, especially following periods of volatility in our stock price.
Our quarterly and annual operating results may fluctuate, which makes our future operating results difficult to predict, and may cause our stock price to decline.
Our quarterly and annual operating results have varied and may vary in the future. In addition to other factors discussed in this “Risk Factors” section, factors, many of which are outside of our control and are difficult to predict, that may cause our quarterly or annual operating results to fluctuate include, but are not limited to, the following:
•the size, product mix, and timing of orders for our products, and their installation and integration and whether our estimates for the same were proper;
44
Table of Contents
•our ability to successfully install our products on a timely basis and meet other contractual obligations necessary to recognize revenue;
•fluctuations in customer demand for our products, including due to changes in our customers’ budgets, healthcare worker turnover rates and labor shortages and whether customer demand was properly estimated;
•our ability to control costs, including operating expenses, and continue cost reduction efforts, such as our restructuring initiative;
•changes in pricing policies by us or our competitors;
•the number, timing, and significance of product enhancements and new product announcements by us or our competitors;
•the timing and significance of any acquisition or business development transactions that we may consider or negotiate and the revenues, costs, and earnings that may be associated with these transactions;
•the relative proportions of revenues we derive from products and services;
•our ability to generate cash from our accounts receivable on a timely basis;
•changes in, and our ability to successfully execute on, our business strategy; and
•macroeconomic and political conditions, including inflationary pressures, fluctuations in interest rates, exchange rates, tax increases, availability of credit markets, and trade and tariff actions.
Due to all of these factors, our quarterly or annual revenues and operating results are difficult to predict and may fluctuate, which in turn may cause the market price of our stock to decline.
If financial or industry analysts have difficulty understanding changes to our business model, or we fail to meet (or significantly exceed) our publicly announced financial guidance, our stock price and trading volume could decline.
As we continue to offer flexible payment models, such as leasing, subscriptions, and “as-a-service” structures to help our customers navigate the current economic environment, industry or financial analysts that publish reports about our business may not have historically reflected, or in the future may not accurately reflect, this approach. As a result, analysts’ ability to accurately forecast our results may be negatively impacted and it may be more likely that we fail to meet their estimates. As a result, if our financial results fail to meet (or significantly exceed) our publicly announced financial guidance or the expectations of analysts or investors, analysts could downgrade our common stock or publish unfavorable research that could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline, potentially significantly.
Raising additional capital may cause dilution to our existing stockholders, restrict our operations or harm our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition.
We may seek additional capital through a variety of means, including through private and public equity offerings and debt financings. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, or the refinancing of our existing convertible notes, the ownership interest will be diluted, and the terms may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect the rights of our stockholders. Debt financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take certain actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures, entering into licensing arrangements, or declaring dividends. If we raise additional funds from third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us.
If we are unable to raise additional funds through equity or debt financing when needed, our ability to market, sell, or distribute our solutions and/or fund our operations may be negatively impacted and could harm our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition.
Certain provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law may discourage, delay, or prevent an acquisition of us and limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for certain disputes.
Certain anti-takeover provisions of Delaware law and our charter documents may make a change in control of our Company more difficult, even if a change in control would be beneficial to the stockholders. Our certificate of incorporation provides that stockholders’ meetings may only be called by our Board of Directors. Our bylaws provide that stockholders may not take action by written consent, and require that stockholders comply with advance notice procedures to nominate director candidates for election or to propose matters to be acted upon at a meeting of our stockholders. Delaware law also prohibits corporations from engaging in a business combination with any holders of 15% or more of their capital stock until the holder
45
Table of Contents
has held the stock for three years unless, among other possibilities, our Board of Directors approves the transaction. Our Board of Directors may use these provisions to prevent changes in the management and control of our Company. Also, under applicable Delaware law, our Board of Directors may adopt additional anti-takeover measures in the future including, without limitation, a stockholder rights plan.
In addition, our bylaws also establish the Delaware Court of Chancery as the exclusive forum for certain legal actions, including certain stockholder disputes, and establish the federal district courts of the United States of America as the exclusive forum for any action asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which exclusive forum provisions may limit the ability of our stockholders to bring a claim in a judicial forum that such stockholders find favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or other employees.
Risk Factors Related to Our Notes
Conversion of the 2029 Notes may dilute the ownership interest of our stockholders or may otherwise depress the price of our common stock.
The conversion of some or all of the 1.00% Convertible Senior Notes due 2029 (the “2029 Notes”) may dilute the ownership interests of our stockholders. Upon conversion of the 2029 Notes, we have the option to pay or deliver, as the case may be, cash, shares of our common stock, or a combination of cash and shares of our common stock in respect of the remainder, if any, of our conversion obligation in excess of the aggregate principal amount of the 2029 Notes being converted. If we elect to settle the remainder, if any, of our conversion obligation in excess of the aggregate principal amount of the 2029 Notes being converted in shares of our common stock or a combination of cash and shares of our common stock, any sales in the public market of our common stock issuable upon such conversion could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock. In addition, the existence of the 2029 Notes may encourage short selling by market participants because the conversion of the 2029 Notes could be used to satisfy short positions, or anticipated conversion of the 2029 Notes into shares of our common stock could depress the price of our common stock.
The conditional conversion feature of the 2029 Notes, if triggered, may adversely affect our financial condition and operating results.
The 2029 Notes are convertible on or after August 1, 2029 and, in the event the conditional conversion features are triggered, prior to August 1, 2029. If one or more holders elect to convert the 2029 Notes, we would be required to settle any converted principal amount of such 2029 Notes through the payment of cash, which could adversely affect our liquidity. In addition, even if holders do not elect to convert the 2029 Notes, we could be required under applicable accounting rules to reclassify all or a portion of the outstanding principal of the 2029 Notes as a current rather than long-term liability, which would result in a material reduction of our net working capital.
The convertible note hedge and warrant transactions may affect the value of our common stock.
In connection with the offering of the 2029 Notes, we entered into convertible note hedge transactions with an affiliate of one of the initial purchasers of the 2029 Notes and certain other financial institutions (the “option counterparties”). We also entered into warrant transactions with the option counterparties. The convertible note hedge transactions are expected generally to reduce the potential dilution to our common stock upon any conversion of 2029 Notes and/or offset any cash payments we are required to make in excess of the principal amount of converted 2029 Notes, as the case may be. However, the warrant transactions separately have, and could continue to have, a dilutive effect on our common stock to the extent that the market price per share of our common stock exceeds the strike price of the warrants. In addition, the option counterparties or their respective affiliates may modify their hedge positions by entering into or unwinding various derivatives with respect to our common stock and/or purchasing or selling our common stock or other securities of ours in secondary market transactions prior to the maturity of the 2029 Notes (and are likely to do so in connection with any conversion of the 2029 Notes or redemption or repurchase of the 2029 Notes), which could cause or avoid an increase or a decrease in the market price of our common stock.
Changes in the credit quality of the option counterparties may affect the efficacy of our hedge and warrant transactions. By entering into the hedge and warrant transactions, we are subject to the risk that the option counterparties may incur significant financial hardships, potentially resulting in their default under the convertible note hedge transactions. Our exposure to the credit risk of the option counterparties will not be secured by any collateral. If an option counterparty becomes subject to insolvency proceedings, we will become an unsecured creditor in those proceedings with a claim equal to our exposure at that time under the convertible note hedge transactions with such option counterparty. Our exposure will depend on many factors but, generally, an increase in our exposure will be correlated to an increase in the market price and in the volatility of our common stock. In addition, upon a default by an option counterparty, we may suffer adverse tax consequences and more dilution than we currently anticipate with respect to our common stock. We can provide no assurances that the hedge or warrant transactions will have the intended effects or as to the financial stability or viability of the option counterparties.
46
Table of Contents
General Risk Factors
Changes in our tax rates, exposure to additional tax liabilities, or the adoption of new tax legislation could adversely affect our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition.
We are subject to taxes in the United States and foreign jurisdictions in which we operate. Our future effective tax rates could be affected by several factors, many of which are outside of our control, including: changes in the mix of earnings with differing statutory tax rates, changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, changes in federal, state, and international tax laws or their interpretation, adjustments to income tax expense upon the finalization of tax returns, changes in tax attributes, or changes in accounting principles. We regularly assess the likelihood of adverse outcomes to determine the adequacy of our provision for taxes. We are also subject to examination of our income tax returns by the Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities. There can be no assurance that the outcomes from these examinations will not materially adversely affect our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition. Forecasting our estimated annual effective tax rate is complex and subject to uncertainty, and there may be a material difference between the forecasted and the accrued effective tax rates. Any increase in our effective tax rate would reduce our profitability.
On December 15, 2022, the EU Member States formally adopted the EU's Pillar Two Directive, which generally provides for a minimum effective tax rate of 15%, as established by the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (“OECD”) Pillar Two Framework that was supported by over 130 countries worldwide. A significant number of countries are also implementing similar local legislation. The United States previously signaled an unwillingness to participate in the Pillar Two directive, and the U.S. Treasury Department and the OECD announced on January 5, 2026 that U.S.-headquartered companies would be exempt from the Pillar Two minimum tax framework. We are continuing to evaluate the potential impact of the Pillar Two Framework on future periods, pending legislative adoption by additional individual countries where we do business. In addition in fiscal year 2025, the OBBBA was enacted and includes a broad range of tax reforms. The ultimate impact and interpretation of this legislation remains uncertain as we continue to evaluate its potential impacts.
Failure to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 could cause our stock price to decline.
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the related rules and regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) require annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, and a report by our independent registered public accounting firm attesting to the effectiveness of internal control. If we fail to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, as such standards are modified, supplemented, or amended from time to time, we may not be able to ensure that we can conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting. Should that occur, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results, prevent fraud, or file our periodic reports in a timely manner, which may cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information and may lead to a decline in our stock price. In addition, our failure to timely file our periodic reports could eventually result in the delisting of our common stock, regulatory sanctions from the SEC, and/or the breach of the terms contained in our credit facility, or any preferred equity or debt securities we may issue in the future, any of which could have a material adverse impact on our operations and investment in our common stock.
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
There are currently no unresolved issues with respect to any SEC staff’s written comments.
47
Table of Contents
ITEM 1C. CYBERSECURITY
In general, the Company addresses cybersecurity risks through a comprehensive approach that is focused on preserving the security of its information, products and environments by identifying, preventing and mitigating cybersecurity threats, as well as effectively responding to cybersecurity incidents when they occur. The Company believes that this comprehensive approach helps to ensure that the highest level of oversight is provided to its cybersecurity risk management activities and fosters collaborative consultation between management and the Board.
Board Oversight
Enterprise Risk Management
The Company utilizes a structured, biennial ERM process to identify, assess, and address material risks facing the Company, including cybersecurity risks, during which business leaders across the Company are surveyed about current and emerging risk areas. After the ERM survey is completed and risk areas are identified, the results are discussed with the relevant management personnel across the organization in the key risk areas, root causes are analyzed, risk mitigation plans are developed, and key risk indicators are utilized to monitor mitigation efforts. The Chief Information Security Officer works closely with the Company’s management team in all facets of its ERM risk mitigation activities related to cybersecurity and information security risks.
Ongoing Mitigation Efforts
The Company has what it believes are appropriate physical, technical, and administrative controls in place that are designed to protect customers’ data. The Company uses a three-pronged approach focused on further reducing exposure, raising greater security awareness, and further strengthening the Company’s cybersecurity defenses. This approach resulted in the Company further hardening its identity computing environments as part of its progress to a zero trust environment, heightened cybersecurity awareness efforts through increased comprehensive information security awareness training for employees on a quarterly basis, and the strengthening of the Company’s cybersecurity defenses through implementation of multifactor authentication for Privileged Access Management and Endpoint Detection and Response solutions across the Company’s computing environment.
Previous cybersecurity incidents have not materially affected us , including our business strategy, results of operations or financial condition. However, risks from cybersecurity threats, including but not limited to exploitation of vulnerabilities, ransomware, denial of service, supply chain attacks, or other similar threats may materially affect us, including our execution of business strategy, reputation, results of operations and/or financial condition. See ITEM 1A. “Risk Factors - “We are subject to laws, regulations, and other legal obligations related to privacy, data protection, and information security, and the costs of compliance with, and potential liability associated with, our actual or perceived failure to comply with such obligations could
48
Table of Contents
harm our business” and “Significant disruptions in our information technology systems, breaches of data security, or cyber-attacks on our systems or solutions, could adversely impact our business” for a discussion of cybersecurity risks.
Incident Response
In the event of a cybersecurity incident, dependent upon the nature of the incident, the Company has a Security Incident Response Team (“SIRT”) that is comprised of employees who have responsibility and authority to act during a cyber incident without delay, including, dependent upon the nature of the incident, the Company’s Chief Legal and Administrative Officer or Chief Information Security Officer. The SIRT includes individuals responsible for assessing, containing, and responding to incidents, as well as those responsible for assessing the business and legal impacts, reporting incidents as appropriate, communicating to internal and external stakeholders, and engaging with industry and government partners to coordinate information and resource sharing when needed. During a cybersecurity incident, as warranted, the SIRT keeps the Company’s senior leadership and Board apprised of the response to the incident, any material operational or business impacts, and any material internal or external communications regarding the incident. The SIRT will also seek the input of the Company’s senior leadership and Board, as needed, when addressing a cybersecurity incident. Upon resolution of a cybersecurity incident, generally, the Audit Committee will review the incident, the impact and the mitigation efforts and remediation actions the Company will implement. The Audit Committee then monitors the completion of the remediation actions and mitigation efforts.
Cybersecurity Leader
The Company’s cybersecurity strategy and implementation is overseen by a dedicated Chief Information Security Officer with over 20 years of experience in the field, having most recently served as Senior Vice President and Global Chief Information Security Officer, with a leading diversified healthcare services company where he led enterprise-wide cybersecurity strategy and governance. He holds a Bachelor of Science from the University of Illinois Urbana-Champaign and an MBA from Northwestern University’s Kellogg School of Management.
Third Parties
The Company utilizes third-party service providers, such as cloud services, in connection with its operations, and its information security department implements a third-party risk assessment and review process in connection with those services to evaluate security posture and risk. The Company also engages third parties to assist in its cybersecurity management efforts, such as the leading cybersecurity forensic firm mentioned above and another provider to perform continuous monitoring and regular penetration testing of its information security systems and environment. The Company and its personnel also actively engage with a number of other key vendors, industry participants and intelligence and law enforcement communities as part of its information security and cybersecurity efforts.
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
Our headquarters are located in a leased facility in Fort Worth, Texas. The following is a list of our material leased facilities and their primary functions:
| Site | Major Activity | Approximate Square Footage | ||||||||||||
| St. Petersburg, Florida | Administration, marketing, research and development, sales, and manufacturing | 167,700 | ||||||||||||
| Warrendale, Pennsylvania | Manufacturing and research and development | 107,400 | ||||||||||||
| Cranberry Township, Pennsylvania | Administration, marketing, research and development, sales, technical support, and training | 58,400 | ||||||||||||
| Milpitas, California | Administration, manufacturing, and research and development | 46,300 | ||||||||||||
| Fort Worth, Texas | Administration, sales, marketing, and research and development | 34,400 | ||||||||||||
| Warrington, United Kingdom | Administration, sales, marketing, and distribution center | 19,300 | ||||||||||||
We also have smaller rented facilities in Strongsville, Ohio; Austin, Texas; Grapevine, Texas; Germany; France; India; Italy; the People’s Republic of China; the United Arab Emirates; Australia; and the United Kingdom.
We believe that these facilities are sufficient for our current operational needs and that suitable additional space will be available on commercially reasonable terms to accommodate expansion of our operations, if necessary.
For additional information regarding our obligations pursuant to operating leases, refer to Note 13, Lessee Leases, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
49
Table of Contents
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
Refer to the information set forth under “Legal Proceedings” in Note 14, Commitments and Contingencies, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.
50
Table of Contents
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS, AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Market for Our Common Stock
Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “OMCL.”
Stockholders
There were 68 registered stockholders of record as of February 18, 2026. A substantially greater number of stockholders are beneficial holders, whose shares of record are held by banks, brokers, and other financial institutions.
Dividend Policy
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock. We currently expect to retain any future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future.
Performance Graph
The following graph compares total stockholder returns for Omnicell’s common stock for the past five years to two indexes: the NASDAQ Composite Index and the NASDAQ Health Care Index. The graph assumes $100 was invested in each of Omnicell’s common stock, the NASDAQ Composite Index, and the NASDAQ Health Care Index as of the market close on December 31, 2020. The total return for Omnicell’s common stock and for each index assumes the reinvestment of all dividends, although cash dividends have never been declared on Omnicell’s common stock, and is based on the returns of the component companies weighted according to their capitalization as of the end of each annual period.
The NASDAQ Composite Index tracks the aggregate price performance of equity securities traded on the NASDAQ Stock Market. The NASDAQ Health Care Index tracks the aggregate price performance of healthcare and health services equity securities. Omnicell’s common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market and is a component of both indexes. The stock price performance shown on the graph is based on historical results and should not be relied upon as an indication of future price performance.
51
Table of Contents
COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN (1) (2)
Among Omnicell, Inc., the NASDAQ Composite Index, and the NASDAQ Health Care Index
_________________________________________________
(1)$100 invested on December 31, 2020 in stock or index, including reinvestment of dividends.
(2)This section is not deemed “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of Omnicell, Inc. under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, whether made before or after the date hereof and irrespective of any general incorporation language in any such filing.
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2020 | 2021 | 2022 | 2023 | 2024 | 2025 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Omnicell, Inc. | $ | 100.00 | $ | 150.34 | $ | 42.01 | $ | 31.35 | $ | 37.09 | $ | 37.74 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| NASDAQ Composite | 100.00 | 122.18 | 82.43 | 119.22 | 154.48 | 187.14 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| NASDAQ Health Care | 100.00 | 89.96 | 67.65 | 68.20 | 66.46 | 81.27 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
None.
Issuer Repurchases of Equity Securities
None.
ITEM 6. [Reserved]
52
Table of Contents
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This discussion and analysis may contain forward-looking statements based upon our current expectations and assumptions that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results and the timing of selected events could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of several factors, including those set forth under Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Unless otherwise stated, references in this Annual Report to particular years or quarters refer to our fiscal year and the associated quarters of those fiscal years.
We have elected to omit discussion of the earliest of the three years covered by the Consolidated Financial Statements presented. Such omitted discussion can be found under Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” located in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024, filed with the SEC on February 27, 2025, for reference to discussion of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, the earliest of the three fiscal years presented.
OVERVIEW
Our Business
Omnicell, a leading healthcare technology provider focused on empowering autonomous medication management, is committed to solving the critical challenges inherent in medication management and elevating the role of clinicians within healthcare as an essential component of care delivery. Omnicell is focused on helping its customers define and deliver a cost-effective medication management strategy designed to equip and empower pharmacists and nurses to focus on patient care rather than administrative tasks, and to drive improved clinical, operational, and financial outcomes across all care settings. We are doing this with an industry-leading medication management infrastructure which includes storage and dispensing automation powered by an intelligence ecosystem. Our comprehensive set of solutions provides the critical foundation for customers to realize the Autonomous Pharmacy, an industry-wide vision defined by pharmacy leaders for improving operational efficiencies and ultimately targeting zero-error medication management alongside 5 other outcomes laid out in the Autonomous Pharmacy framework.
Omnicell solutions are helping healthcare facilities worldwide to uncover cost savings, improve labor efficiency, establish new revenue streams, enhance supply chain control, support compliance, and move closer to the industry-defined vision of the Autonomous Pharmacy. We sell our hardware, software, and consumable solutions together with related service offerings. Revenues generated in the United States represented 90% of our total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2025.
Our business has expanded from a single-point solution to a platform of products and services that will help further advance the industry-defined vision of the Autonomous Pharmacy. This expansion has resulted in larger deal sizes across multiple products, services, and implementations for customers and, we believe, more comprehensive, valuable, and enduring relationships. As our business evolves, we continue to evaluate the metrics and methods we use to measure the success of our business.
Global Trade Relations
In recent years, the U.S. government has advocated for greater restrictions on trade generally. For example, in 2025, the U.S. imposed tariffs on a wide variety of products manufactured in multiple foreign jurisdictions, including China, Mexico, and Malaysia. In response to the ongoing changes in tariffs, several foreign countries have imposed reciprocal tariffs on goods manufactured in the United States. These tariff rates have fluctuated and may continue to fluctuate going forward. In an effort to address these actions, we have implemented various mitigation measures, including dual-sourcing of components and nearshoring manufacturing. While these actions have effectively mitigated some of the impact of these costs, there can be no assurance that we will be able to offset future increased costs or other adverse impacts. Although we continue to work to mitigate the impact of current or potential tariffs, we may incorrectly anticipate outcomes, forgo or pass up business opportunities, or fail to appropriately adapt or manage our business strategies in response to these changes. As a result of these factors, we may experience direct and indirect adverse effects on our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition.
In addition, on February 20, 2026, the U.S. Supreme Court struck down certain tariffs imposed under the International Emergency Powers Act. It is unclear at this time what impact this decision will have on our business or future operating results, including whether we will be able to obtain refunds of amounts previously collected for such tariffs or the level of replacement tariffs the current U.S. Administration may impose through other means.
53
Table of Contents
Product Bookings and Annual Recurring Revenue
We utilize product bookings and Annual Recurring Revenue (“ARR”), each as further described below, as key performance metrics for our business. We view product bookings as an indicator of the success of certain portions of our business that generate nonrecurring revenue and we view ARR as an indicator of the success of the portions of our business that generate recurring revenues. The definitions and descriptions included below are relevant to these key performance metrics.
Product Bookings
We utilize product bookings as an indicator of the success of certain portions of our business that generate non-recurring revenue. We define product bookings generally as the value of non-cancelable contracts for our connected devices and software licenses. We typically exclude freight revenue and other less significant items ancillary to our products from product bookings. In addition, dependent upon counterparty or credit risk, which is evaluated at the time of contract signing, for a given multi-year subscription contract we may reduce the value of the contractual commitment booked at a given time. Connected devices and software license bookings are recorded as revenue upon customer acceptance of the installation or receipt of goods. As part of most connected device product sales, we generally provide installation planning and consulting, which is typically included in the initial price of the solution. Product bookings were $535 million and $558 million during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
Annual Recurring Revenue
We consider revenues generated from our consumables, technical services, and SaaS and Expert Services to be recurring revenues. For the portions of our business which generate recurring revenues, we utilize ARR as a key metric to measure our progress in growing our recurring revenue business. We define ARR at a measurement date as the revenue we expect to receive from our customers over the course of the following year for providing them with products or services. ARR includes expected revenue from all customers who are using our products or services at the reported date. For technical services and SaaS and Expert Services, solutions are generally on a contractual basis, typically with contracts for a period of 12 months or more, with a high probability of renewal. Probability of renewal is based on historic renewal experience of the individual revenue streams or management’s best estimates if historical renewal experience is not available. Consumables orders are placed by customers through our Omnicell Storefront online platform or through written or telephonic orders and are sold to a customer base who utilize the consumable product and place recurring orders when customer inventory is depleted. ARR is generally calculated based on revenues received in the most recent quarter and changes to expected revenues where solutions were added to or removed from the install or customer base in the quarter. Revenues from technical services and SaaS and Expert Services are generally recorded ratably over the service term. As part of our SaaS and Expert Services offerings, we provide a range of services to our customers including Central Pharmacy Dispensing Service (service portion), IV Compounding Service (service portion), EnlivenHealth, Specialty Pharmacy Services, 340B solutions, Inventory Optimization Service, and other software solutions, which typically are provided over two to seven years. In addition, to help ensure the maximum availability of our systems, our customers typically purchase technical services contracts (support and maintenance) in increments of one to five years. Revenue from consumables are recorded when the product has shipped and title has passed. Our measure of ARR may be different than that used by other companies. Because ARR is based on expected future revenue, it does not represent revenue recognized during a particular reporting period or revenue to be recognized in future reporting
54
Table of Contents
periods. ARR should not be viewed as a substitute for revenues. ARR was $636 million and $580 million as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
The following table summarizes each revenue category:
Revenue Category | Revenue Type | Income Statement Classification | Included in Product Bookings | Included in ARR | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Connected devices, software licenses, and other | Nonrecurring | Product | Yes (1) | No | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Consumables | Recurring | Product | No | Yes | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Technical services | Recurring | Service | No | Yes | ||||||||||||||||||||||
SaaS and Expert Services (2) | Recurring | Service | No | Yes | ||||||||||||||||||||||
(1) Certain other insignificant revenue streams ancillary to our products and services, such as freight revenue, are not included in bookings.
(2) Includes Central Pharmacy Dispensing Service (service portion), IV Compounding Service (service portion), EnlivenHealth, Specialty Pharmacy Services, 340B solutions, Inventory Optimization Service, and other software solutions.
Operating Segments
We manage our operations as a single segment for the purposes of assessing performance and making operating decisions. Our Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) is our Chief Executive Officer. The CODM allocates resources and evaluates the performance of Omnicell at the consolidated level using our consolidated net income (loss). In addition, the CODM is provided with certain segment assets and liabilities, primarily those that impact liquidity, as well as certain significant expenses. All significant operating decisions are based upon an analysis of Omnicell as one operating segment, which is the same as our reporting segment.
Our full-time employee headcount was approximately 3,580 on December 31, 2025.
Business Strategy
In 2024, the United States spent $806 billion on prescription drugs, a 10.2% increase from 2023. We believe there are significant challenges facing the practice of pharmacy today. These challenges include, but are not limited to, budget constraints and acute workforce shortages, where 88% of hospitals report technician deficits and 92% lack sufficient sterile compounding expertise. In addition, health systems face rising liability related to drug diversion, with a 61% increase in the average number of investigations per hospital since the beginning of 2023. We also recognize that these challenges may impact the timing of contracting for, or implementation of, our products, solutions, or services. However, we believe that over time these significant challenges facing pharmacists will drive demand for increased automation, visibility, insights, and improved medication management outcomes that our solutions are designed to enable. Because of this, we believe that our solutions are well-positioned to address the evolving needs of healthcare institutions and therefore present opportunities for long-term growth.
55
Table of Contents
In an effort to address these challenges and deliver solutions to help drive positive medication management outcomes, we continue to make significant investments in our research and development efforts to further advance the industry-defined vision of the Autonomous Pharmacy. Furthermore, we believe a combination of dispensing automation and an intelligence ecosystem is needed in every care setting where medications are managed. We are focused on delivering solutions to help our customers realize the industry-defined vision of the Autonomous Pharmacy and driving positive medication management outcomes with superior customer experience in two core market categories through:
•Hospital and Health System Solutions: This category enables the end-to-end medication process across the entire continuum of care. It unifies Central Pharmacy automation, robotics, and IV sterile compounding with Point of Care automated dispensing in Nursing Units and Operating Room/Procedural areas. From the loading dock to the bedside, this is designed to provide for medication safety, availability, and workflow efficiency. This category also supports Consolidated Pharmacy Service Center operations.
•Points of Care. As a market leader, we anticipate continued expansion into this product market as customers increasingly utilize our dispensing systems in more areas within hospitals and ambulatory care settings. The 2025–2028 healthcare landscape, however, faces significant fiscal headwinds driven by sweeping changes in health policy, specifically the One Big Beautiful Bill Act (“OBBBA”), which is expected to result in a $910 billion Medicaid spending reduction across states. Coupled with rising input costs from tariffs and acute labor shortages, these pressures are likely to further compress operating margins. We believe this financial strain makes the status quo unsustainable, which we anticipate compelling health systems to focus on capital efficiency and operational resilience through accelerated investments in pharmacy modernization, especially automation to address labor shortages and advanced analytics to manage rising costs of drug diversion and non-adherence. As hospitals navigate this liquidity challenge, we expect a critical shift in purchasing behavior from traditional capital expenditures to flexible payment models, such as leasing, subscriptions, and “as-a-service” structures, enabling institutions to adopt essential regulatory compliance and safety technologies while preserving operating cash flow.
•Central Pharmacy. This market represents the beginning of medication management in acute care settings. Given the current environment, we believe there is a significant opportunity for automation as many health systems aim to eliminate manual, repetitive, and error-prone processes to address acute workforce shortages. With hospitals facing technician shortages and often lacking adequate sterile compounding expertise, we think automating central pharmacy dispensing and compounding is crucial for reallocating limited labor, enhancing patient safety, and enabling compliance with the new Drug Supply Chain Security Act (“DSCSA”) requirements. Manual compounding of sterile IV preparations poses safety risks and, when outsourced, can increase costs and supply volatility. Therefore, IV automation offers a key opportunity to standardize sterile workflows, offset the resources currently used for managing drug shortages, and reduce the annual cost of non-optimized medication therapy. We expect these technology-driven services to become increasingly vital as health systems focus on operational resilience amid severe financial pressures.
•Consolidated Pharmacy Service Center Automation and Robotics. Health Systems are increasingly realizing savings from a Consolidated Pharmacy Service Center (“CPSC”) model. The CPSC serves as a strategic hub for centralized inventory management and sterile compounding. By implementing industrial-grade robotics and carousels at the CPSC, health systems can achieve economies of scale, streamlining the serialized receiving process required for DSCSA compliance before inventory reaches hospitals. This centralized approach should help preserve margins by optimizing supply chains and reducing waste across the network.
•Outpatient Pharmacy Solutions: Focused on extending care beyond the hospital walls, this category supports outpatient and retail pharmacy growth. It combines Specialty Pharmacy and 340B Third-Party Administrator (“TPA”) services, Medication Adherence technologies (automation and consumables), and the EnlivenHealth platform to help drive better clinical outcomes and medication compliance for clinicians and patients.
•Specialty Pharmacy and 340B Program. We believe that health systems will continue to accelerate investment in programs to improve patient outcomes by utilizing specialty pharmacies and the federal 340B Drug Pricing Program. The 340B Program allows qualified hospitals to stretch federal resources, a critical capability as the program is on track to exceed $200 billion in gross sales by 2026, surpassing the entire Medicare Part B market. In 2024, specialty drugs used for treatment of complex conditions constituted the majority (51.7%) of total prescription expenditures. This sector continues to grow at a higher rate than other drug classes. However, regulatory pressures are intensifying with site-neutral payment cuts. Specialty pharmacies serve as the connection between patients, providers, and payers to streamline access and adherence. We believe a solution designed to help health systems optimize their Health System-Owned
56
Table of Contents
Specialty Pharmacy (“HSSP”) and navigate these compliance-complexities will help ensure continuity of care. We believe that a fully optimized specialty pharmacy operation represents one of the largest economic opportunities for hospitals and health systems.
•Institutional Pharmacy. The U.S. institutional pharmacy industry provides closed-door medication dispensing, clinical support, and medication adherence services for long-term care (“LTC”), correctional, rehabilitation and behavioral health, and hospice facilities. The market size of the institutional pharmacies industry in the U.S. is $24 billion with 1,100 businesses servicing this sector and characterized by a high concentration in national operators. LTC facilities comprise skilled nursing facilities, assisted living communities, senior living centers, and home and community-based care settings. LTC pharmacies typically operate under more stringent regulatory, packaging, and labor requirements than retail pharmacies, which may result in structurally higher operating costs. As a result of projected demographic aging and the increasing complexity of managing chronic disease across LTC populations, we expect market demand to continue to rise. The LTC industry is currently undergoing a transition driven by reimbursement pressures, regulatory expansion, and workforce shortages. Legislative and pricing reforms, including updates to Medicare Part D, have increased financial strain on smaller LTC providers, which we believe will accelerate a shift toward centralized, automation-enabled fulfillment models that are designed to improve efficiency, standardize quality, and support compliance with evolving documentation and oversight requirements. Through our outpatient pharmacy solutions, we also serve adjacent outpatient institutional markets, including correctional facilities’ pharmacy providers. Additionally, we provide pharmacy services to individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (“IDD”), a market currently experiencing rising demand due to increased prevalence. IDD pharmacy services require specialized packaging, adherence technologies, and close coordination with caregivers and community-based support organizations.
•Retail. Total U.S. prescription dispensing revenues across retail, mail-order, long-term care, and specialty pharmacies reached approximately $683 billion in 2024, up 9% from 2023, a surge driven primarily by the rapid adoption of GLP-1 agonists and specialty immunotherapies rather than volume alone. Additionally, the shift of outpatient care from hospitals and physician offices to other more convenient settings, such as retail pharmacies and the home, continues to be a growing trend. New technologies and increased scope of practice for pharmacists appear to be spurring innovation and expansion of the provision of clinical services by retail pharmacies. We believe this development, combined with the move to value-based care, will drive the adoption of our patient engagement offerings. These solutions are intended to help providers (including pharmacists) engage patients in new ways that are expected to improve outcomes, reduce the total cost of care, and lead to more profitable operations.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES
Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our Consolidated Financial Statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”). The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of any contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. We regularly review our estimates and assumptions, which are based on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of certain assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates and assumptions. We believe the following critical accounting estimates are affected by significant judgments used in the preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements:
Revenue Recognition
We earn revenues from sales of our products and related services, which are sold in the healthcare industry, our principal market. Many of our sales contain multiple performance obligations, with a combination of hardware systems, software products, support and maintenance, and professional services.
A significant level of judgment is involved in contractual arrangements with multiple performance obligations to determine appropriate allocation of the transaction price. We allocate the transaction price to separate performance obligations based on the estimated standalone selling price of each performance obligation. Standalone selling price is best evidenced by the price we would charge for the good or service when selling it separately in similar circumstances to similar customers. Other than for the renewal of annual technical services contracts, our products and services are not generally sold separately. We use an amount discounted from the list price as a best estimated standalone selling price.
57
Table of Contents
Additionally, judgment is required to determine the timing of revenue recognition for each performance obligation based upon when control transfers to a customer. We review our performance obligations in a contract and evaluate when transfer of control occurs. Generally, for products requiring a complex implementation, control passes when the product is installed and functionally ready for use. For all other products, control generally passes when product has been shipped and title has passed. For support and maintenance contracts and certain other services, including SaaS and Expert Services provided on a subscription basis, control passes to the customer over time, generally ratably over the service term. Time and material services transfer control to the customer at the time the services are provided.
These judgments have been applied consistently for all periods presented. Changes in the assumptions or judgments used in determining the standalone selling price or timing of revenue recognition could impact the amount and timing of revenue reported in a particular period.
Inventory
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost, computed using the first-in, first-out method, and net realizable value. We regularly monitor inventory quantities on hand and record write-downs for excess and obsolete inventories based on our estimate of demand for our products, potential obsolescence of technology, product life cycles, and whether pricing trends or forecasts indicate that the carrying value of inventory exceeds its estimated selling price. These factors are impacted by market and economic conditions, technology changes, and new product introductions and require estimates that may include elements that are uncertain. Actual demand may differ from forecasted demand and may have a material effect on gross margins. If inventory is written down, a new cost basis is established that cannot be increased in future periods. Changes in our assumptions, judgments, or estimates could impact future financial results if additional write-downs for excess and obsolete inventories are needed.
Accounting for Income Taxes
We make certain estimates and judgments in determining income tax expense or benefit for financial statement purposes. These estimates and judgments occur in the calculation of income tax credits, uncertain tax positions, and in the calculation of certain tax assets and liabilities, which arise from differences in the timing of the recognition of certain income and expenses for tax and financial statement purposes. We assess the likelihood of the realization of deferred tax assets and the need for a valuation allowance in each reporting period. As of December 31, 2025, we do not maintain a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets based on our assessment that it is more likely than not these assets will be realized. In reaching our conclusion, we evaluate certain relevant criteria as provided in ASC 740, Income Taxes, including having sufficient taxable income of the appropriate character in future years. Our judgment regarding future taxable income may change due to future changes in the company’s profitability as a result of changes in market conditions, changes in U.S. or international tax laws, and other factors. Changes in judgment may require material adjustments to deferred tax assets, which may result in an increase or decrease to our income tax provision in the period of adjustment. For additional details, refer to Note 17, Income Taxes, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.
As a global company, we use significant judgment to calculate and provide for income taxes in each of the tax jurisdictions in which we operate. In the ordinary course of business, transactions and calculations occur whose ultimate tax outcome cannot be certain. Some of these uncertainties arise due to transfer pricing for transactions with our subsidiaries and the determination of tax nexus. We also monitor global tax developments, including the OECD Pillar Two Framework, which may impact our effective tax rate in future periods.
We account for uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740. We estimate and recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such positions are then measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The calculation of tax liabilities involves significant judgment in estimating the impact of uncertainties in the application of ASC 740 and complex tax laws. Due to the inherent uncertainties in tax regulations and the complexity of our global operations, it is impracticable to provide a detailed quantitative analysis of our uncertain tax positions.
Although we believe our estimates are reasonable, there is no guarantee that the final tax outcome will not differ from what is reflected in our historical income tax provisions, returns, and accruals. Such differences, or changes in estimates relating to potential differences, could have a material impact on our income tax provision and operating results in the period such determination is made.
Recently Issued Authoritative Guidance
Refer to “Recently Issued Authoritative Guidance” in Note 1, Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a description of recently
58
Table of Contents
issued accounting pronouncements, including the expected dates of adoption and estimated effects on our results of operations, financial position, and cash flows.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Total Revenues
| Year Ended December 31, | Change in | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | $ | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
| (Dollars in thousands) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Product revenues | $ | 665,697 | $ | 630,507 | $ | 35,190 | 6% | ||||||||||||||||
| Percentage of total revenues | 56% | 57% | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Service revenues | 519,148 | 481,731 | 37,417 | 8% | |||||||||||||||||||
| Percentage of total revenues | 44% | 43% | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Total revenues | $ | 1,184,845 | $ | 1,112,238 | $ | 72,607 | 7% | ||||||||||||||||
Product revenues represented 56% and 57% of total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Product revenues increased by $35.2 million, primarily due to the increase in revenues from our XTExtend offering, partially offset by lower volumes from our XT Series automated dispensing systems business due to the timing of our XT Series systems lifecycle, as we are largely through the replacement cycle, as well as the decrease in revenues from products related to our Central Pharmacy Dispensing Service offering.
Service revenues represented 44% and 43% of total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Service revenues include revenues from technical services and SaaS and Expert Services offerings. Service revenues increased by $37.4 million, due to an increase of $21.9 million in technical services revenues primarily as a result of growth in our installed customer base and the impact of pricing actions. The increase is also driven by an increase of $15.6 million in SaaS and Expert Services revenues due to continued customer demand, including an increase in revenues from our Specialty Pharmacy Services offering, partially offset by lower revenues from the EnlivenHealth portfolio.
Our international sales represented 10% and 9% of total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. In future periods, we expect our revenues to be affected by foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. We are unable to predict the extent to which revenues in future periods will be impacted by changes in foreign currency exchange rates.
Our ability to grow product and service revenues is dependent on our ability to continue to obtain orders from customers, including contract renewals, which may be dependent upon customers’ capital equipment budgets and/or capital equipment approval cycles, our ability to produce quality products and consumables to fulfill customer demand, the volume of implementations we are able to complete, our ability to meet customer needs by providing a quality implementation experience and solutions that meet expected service levels, our ability to develop new or enhance existing solutions, and our flexibility in workforce allocations among customers to complete implementations on a timely basis. The timing of our revenues is primarily dependent on when our customers’ schedules and/or staffing levels allow for implementations.
Cost of Revenues and Gross Profit
Cost of revenues is primarily comprised of three general categories: (i) standard product costs which account for the majority of the product cost of revenues that are provided to customers, and are inclusive of purchased material, labor to build the product, and overhead costs associated with production; (ii) costs of providing services and installation costs, including costs of personnel and other expenses; and (iii) other costs, including variances in standard costs and overhead, scrap costs, rework, provisions for excess and obsolete inventory, and amortization of software development costs and intangibles.
59
Table of Contents
| Year Ended December 31, | Change in | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | $ | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
| (Dollars in thousands) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Cost of revenues: | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Cost of product revenues | $ | 379,162 | $ | 383,025 | $ | (3,863) | (1)% | ||||||||||||||||
| As a percentage of related revenues | 57% | 61% | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Cost of service revenues | 302,241 | 258,210 | 44,031 | 17% | |||||||||||||||||||
| As a percentage of related revenues | 58% | 54% | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Total cost of revenues | $ | 681,403 | $ | 641,235 | $ | 40,168 | 6% | ||||||||||||||||
| As a percentage of total revenues | 58% | 58% | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Gross profit | $ | 503,442 | $ | 471,003 | $ | 32,439 | 7% | ||||||||||||||||
| Gross margin | 42% | 42% | |||||||||||||||||||||
Cost of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024 increased by $40.2 million, primarily driven by a $44.0 million increase in cost of service revenues, partially offset by a $3.9 million decrease in cost of product revenues.
The decrease in cost of product revenues for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024 was primarily driven by the impact of more favorable materials costs as well as favorable impact from product and customer mix during the year ended December 31, 2025 and a decrease of $9.6 million of restructuring costs, including inventory write-down charges, partially offset by an increase in product revenues and the impact of tariffs incurred during the year ended December 31, 2025.
The increase in cost of service revenues was primarily driven by the increase in service revenues of $37.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024, including the associated increase in employee-related expenses, an increase in certain non-recurring costs, including software upgrade expenses, and an increase of $4.3 million in restructuring costs.
The overall gross margin remained relatively consistent for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily due to the impact of more favorable materials costs as well as favorable impact from product and customer mix and a decrease in restructuring costs, including inventory write-down charges, partially offset by the impact of tariffs and an increase in employee-related and certain non-recurring software upgrade expenses. Our gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2025 was $503.4 million, as compared to $471.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2024.
Operating Expenses and Interest and Other Income (Expense), Net
| Year Ended December 31, | Change in | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | $ | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
| (Dollars in thousands) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Operating expenses: | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Research and development | $ | 88,672 | $ | 90,412 | $ | (1,740) | (2)% | ||||||||||||||||
| As a percentage of total revenues | 7% | 8% | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Selling, general, and administrative | 409,610 | 380,254 | 29,356 | 8% | |||||||||||||||||||
| As a percentage of total revenues | 35% | 34% | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Total operating expenses | $ | 498,282 | $ | 470,666 | $ | 27,616 | 6% | ||||||||||||||||
| As a percentage of total revenues | 42% | 42% | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Interest and other income (expense), net | $ | 6,165 | $ | 25,256 | $ | (19,091) | (76)% | ||||||||||||||||
Research and Development. Research and development expenses decreased by $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024.
Selling, General, and Administrative. Selling, general, and administrative expenses increased by $29.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. The increase was primarily due to an increase
60
Table of Contents
of $19.8 million in employee-related expenses, which included an increase of $7.3 million in share-based compensation expense. The increase in employee-related expenses was primarily due to higher headcount, annual merit increases, and the timing of share-based compensation expense recognition. The increase in selling, general, and administrative expenses was also attributable to an increase in commissions of $3.9 million, an increase in consulting expenses of $2.6 million, and an increase of $2.7 million in the allowance for credit losses for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024.
Interest and Other Income (Expense), Net. Interest and other income (expense), net, changed by $19.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024, primarily driven by a $20.6 million decrease in other income and a $1.5 million decrease in other expense. The decrease in other income during the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024 is primarily attributable to a $7.5 million gain on extinguishment of the 2025 convertible senior notes and related unwind of note hedges and warrants during the year ended December 31, 2024, as well as lower interest income received. The decrease in interest income received was primarily due to lower interest rates and lower cash and cash equivalents balances following the partial repurchase of the 2025 convertible senior notes in November 2024 and maturity of the remaining 2025 Notes in September 2025, and repurchases of our common stock during the second and third quarters of 2025.
Provision for Income Taxes
| Year Ended December 31, | Change in | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | $ | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
| (Dollars in thousands) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Provision for income taxes | $ | 9,273 | $ | 13,062 | $ | (3,789) | (29)% | ||||||||||||||||
| Effective tax rate on earnings | 82% | 51% | |||||||||||||||||||||
We recorded an income tax expense of $9.3 million on an income before income taxes of $11.3 million, which resulted in an effective tax rate of 82% for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to an income tax expense of $13.1 million on an income before income taxes of $25.6 million, which resulted in an effective tax rate of 51% for the year ended December 31, 2024. The 2025 annual effective tax rate differed from the statutory tax rate of 21%, primarily due to the unfavorable impact of state taxes and non-deductible equity compensation charges, partially offset by a favorable impact of research and development credits.
Refer to Note 17, Income Taxes, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
We had cash and cash equivalents of $196.5 million at December 31, 2025, compared to $369.2 million at December 31, 2024. All of our cash and cash equivalents are invested in bank accounts and money market funds held in sweep and asset management accounts with financial institutions of high credit quality. As of December 31, 2025, a substantial portion of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents were held with a limited number of financial institutions and money market funds, which may expose the Company to concentration risk in the event of a failure or adverse condition affecting those entities.
Our cash position and working capital at December 31, 2025 and 2024 were as follows:
| December 31, | |||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | ||||||||||
| (In thousands) | |||||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 196,520 | $ | 369,201 | |||||||
| Working capital | $ | 203,460 | $ | 219,815 | |||||||
Our ratio of current assets to current liabilities was 1.4:1 at both December 31, 2025 and 2024.
Sources of Cash
Revolving Credit Facility
On November 15, 2019, Omnicell, Inc. entered into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (as amended, the “Prior A&R Credit Agreement”) with the lenders from time to time party thereto, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Citizens Bank, N.A., and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as joint lead arrangers, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative
61
Table of Contents
agent. The Prior A&R Credit Agreement provided for (a) a five-year revolving credit facility of $500.0 million (the “Prior Revolving Credit Facility”) and (b) an uncommitted incremental loan facility of up to $250.0 million (the “Prior Incremental Facility”). In addition, the Prior A&R Credit Agreement included a letter of credit sub-limit of up to $15.0 million and a swing line loan sub-limit of up to $25.0 million. The Prior A&R Credit Agreement was subsequently amended on September 22, 2020 and March 29, 2023 to permit the issuance of the convertible senior notes and the purchase of the convertible note hedge transactions (as described in Note 11, Convertible Senior Notes, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K), expand our flexibility to make restricted payments (including common stock repurchases), and replace the total net leverage covenant, as well as to remove and replace the interest rate benchmark based on the London interbank offered rate (“LIBOR”) and related LIBOR-based mechanics with an interest rate benchmark based on the secured overnight financing rate (“SOFR”) as administered by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and related SOFR-based mechanics.
On October 10, 2023, Omnicell, Inc. entered into a Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Second A&R Credit Agreement”) with the lenders from time to time party thereto, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., PNC Capital Markets LLC and TD Securities (USA) LLC as joint lead arrangers and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent. The Second A&R Credit Agreement supersedes the Prior A&R Credit Agreement and provides for (a) a five-year revolving credit facility of $350.0 million (the “Current Revolving Credit Facility”) and (b) an uncommitted incremental loan facility of up to an amount equal to the sum of (i) the greater of $250.0 million and 100% of the adjusted consolidated EBITDA for the last four quarters and (ii) additional amounts subject to pro forma compliance with certain consolidated secured net leverage ratio (the “Current Incremental Facility”). In addition, the Second A&R Credit Agreement includes a letter of credit sub-limit of up to $15.0 million and a swing line loan sub-limit of up to $25.0 million. The Second A&R Credit Agreement has an expiration date of October 10, 2028, subject to acceleration under certain conditions, upon which date all remaining outstanding borrowings will be due and payable.
As of December 31, 2025, we had $350.0 million of funds available under the Current Revolving Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2025, there was no outstanding balance under the Current Revolving Credit Facility and we were in full compliance with all covenants.
Refer to Note 10, Debt and Credit Agreement, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information. We expect to use future loans under the Current Revolving Credit Facility, if any, for working capital, potential acquisitions, and other general corporate purposes.
Convertible Senior Notes
On November 22, 2024, Omnicell, Inc. completed a private offering of $172.5 million aggregate principal amount of 1.00% Convertible Senior Notes due 2029 (the “2029 Notes”), including the exercise in full of the initial purchasers’ option to purchase up to an additional $22.5 million aggregate principal amount of the 2029 Notes. Omnicell, Inc. received proceeds from the issuance of the 2029 Notes of $166.3 million, net of $6.2 million of transaction fees and other debt issuance costs. The 2029 Notes bear interest at a rate of 1.00% per year, payable semiannually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year, beginning on June 1, 2025. The 2029 Notes are general senior, unsecured obligations of Omnicell, Inc. and will mature on December 1, 2029, unless earlier redeemed, repurchased, or converted. In connection with the issuance of the 2029 Notes, in November 2024, we entered into warrant transactions and received aggregate proceeds from the sale of the warrants of approximately $25.2 million. Refer to Note 11, Convertible Senior Notes, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.
Uses of Cash
Our future uses of cash are expected to be primarily for working capital, capital expenditures, and other contractual obligations. We may also use cash for potential acquisitions and acquisition-related activities, as well as repurchases of our common stock.
During the year ended December 31, 2025, we repurchased approximately 2,523,000 shares of our common stock under the 2016 and 2025 repurchase programs at an average price of $30.74 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $77.6 million, which completed the 2016 Repurchase Program and substantially completed the 2025 Repurchase Program. Refer to Note 16, Stock Repurchase Programs, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.
In November 2024, we completed a partial repurchase of $400.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 2025 Notes for approximately $391.0 million in cash. The 2025 Notes matured on September 15, 2025 and we repaid the remaining principal balance of $175.0 million in cash. Refer to Note 11, Convertible Senior Notes, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.
62
Table of Contents
In connection with the issuance of the 2029 Notes, in November 2024, we entered into convertible note hedge transactions and used approximately $40.3 million of the net proceeds from the offering to pay the cost of the convertible note hedges.
Based on our current business plan and backlog, we believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, our anticipated cash flows from operations, cash generated from the exercise of employee stock options and purchases under our Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”), along with the availability of funds under the Current Revolving Credit Facility will be sufficient to meet our cash needs for working capital, capital expenditures, potential acquisitions, and other contractual obligations for at least the next twelve months. For periods beyond the next twelve months, we also anticipate that our net operating cash flows plus existing balances of cash and cash equivalents will suffice to fund the growth of our business.
Cash Flows
The following table summarizes, for the periods indicated, selected items in our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows:
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | ||||||||||
| (In thousands) | |||||||||||
| Net cash provided by (used in): | |||||||||||
| Operating activities | $ | 127,300 | $ | 187,722 | |||||||
| Investing activities | (60,363) | (52,793) | |||||||||
| Financing activities | (218,317) | (235,578) | |||||||||
| Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents | 3,798 | (1,716) | |||||||||
| Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash | $ | (147,582) | $ | (102,365) | |||||||
Operating Activities
We expect cash from our operating activities to fluctuate in future periods as a result of a number of factors, including the timing of our billings and collections, our operating results, and the timing of other liability payments.
63
Table of Contents
Net cash provided by operating activities was $127.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, primarily consisting of operating inflows of $135.6 million and unfavorable working capital movements of $8.3 million. Operating inflows consisted of net income of $2.1 million, adjusted for non-cash items of $133.6 million, which consisted primarily of depreciation and amortization expense of $78.8 million, share-based compensation expense of $44.5 million, and amortization of operating lease right-of-use assets of $7.8 million. The unfavorable working capital was primarily due to a decrease in accrued liabilities of $19.0 million primarily due to a decrease in taxes payable and rebate liabilities, a decrease in operating lease liabilities of $11.7 million, an increase in inventories of $11.2 million to support production requirements, including advanced purchases of certain components, as well as the impact of tariffs, an increase in investment in sales-type leases of $10.2 million primarily due to the acceptance of certain SaaS and Expert Services products under sales-type lease arrangements, a decrease in accounts payable of $9.3 million and an increase in prepaid expenses of $7.8 million. These cash outflows were partially offset by a decrease in accounts receivable and unbilled receivables of $41.4 million primarily due to the timing of billings, shipments, and collections and an increase in deferred revenues of $16.4 million due to the timing of billings and customers’ installation schedules.
Net cash provided by operating activities was $187.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, primarily consisting of operating inflows of $129.4 million and favorable working capital movements of $58.3 million. Operating inflows consisted of net income of $12.5 million, adjusted for non-cash items of $116.9 million, which consisted primarily of depreciation and amortization expense of $82.2 million, share-based compensation expense of $39.3 million, amortization of operating lease right-of-use assets of $7.5 million, a net gain on extinguishment of convertible senior notes of $7.5 million, inventory write-down charges of $5.4 million, and a change in deferred income taxes of $14.9 million. The favorable working capital was primarily due to an increase in deferred revenues of $29.0 million driven by an increase in billings for certain technical service and SaaS and Expert Services offerings, a decrease in inventories of $15.6 million resulting from inventory management initiatives, an increase in accrued liabilities of $13.9 million due to an increase in taxes payable, a decrease in other current assets of $9.3 million due to a decrease in income taxes receivable, an increase in accrued compensation of $8.6 million, and an increase in accounts payables of $7.2 million. These cash inflows were partially offset by a decrease in operating lease liabilities of $10.7 million, an increase in investment in sales-type leases of $10.4 million primarily due to the acceptance of certain SaaS and Expert Services products under sales-type lease arrangements, and an increase in accounts receivable and unbilled receivables of $5.0 million primarily due to the timing of billings, shipments, and collections.
Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities was $60.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, which primarily consisted of capital expenditures of $40.4 million for property and equipment and $17.5 million for external-use software development costs.
Net cash used in investing activities was $52.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, which consisted of capital expenditures of $36.5 million for property and equipment and $16.3 million for external-use software development costs.
Financing Activities
Net cash used in financing activities was $218.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, due to the repayment of the remaining principal balance of our 2025 Notes of $175.0 million, repurchases of shares of our common stock of $77.6 million, and $7.7 million in employees’ taxes paid related to restricted stock unit vesting, partially offset by a net change in the customer funds balances of $25.1 million and $16.9 million in proceeds from employee stock option exercises and ESPP purchases.
Net cash used in financing activities was $235.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, primarily due to the partial repurchase of $400.0 million of aggregate principal amount of the 2025 Notes for approximately $391.0 million and the net cash used in the purchase of the convertible note hedge and sale of warrants in connection with the 2029 Notes of $15.1 million, partially offset by net proceeds from the issuance of the 2029 Notes of $166.3 million and $13.4 million in proceeds from employee stock option exercises and ESPP purchases.
64
Table of Contents
Contractual Obligations
Contractual obligations as of December 31, 2025 were as follows:
| Payments Due By Period | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total | 2026 | 2027 - 2028 | 2029 - 2030 | 2031 and thereafter | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
| (In thousands) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Operating leases (1) | $ | 40,314 | $ | 13,645 | $ | 21,621 | $ | 3,772 | $ | 1,276 | |||||||||||||||||||
Purchase obligations (2) | 130,546 | 123,147 | 7,376 | 23 | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Convertible senior notes (3) | 179,405 | 1,725 | 3,450 | 174,230 | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total (4) | $ | 350,265 | $ | 138,517 | $ | 32,447 | $ | 178,025 | $ | 1,276 | |||||||||||||||||||
_________________________________________________
(1)Commitments under operating leases relate primarily to leased office buildings, data centers, office equipment, and vehicles. Refer to Note 13, Lessee Leases, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.
(2)We purchase components from a variety of suppliers and use contract manufacturers to provide manufacturing services for our products. During the normal course of business, we issue purchase orders with estimates of our requirements several months ahead of the delivery dates. These amounts are associated with agreements that are enforceable and legally binding. The amounts under such contracts are included in the table above because we believe that cancellation of these contracts is unlikely and we expect to make future cash payments according to the contract terms or in similar amounts for similar materials.
(3)We issued the 2029 Notes in November 2024 that are due in December 2029. The obligations presented above include both principal and interest on these notes. Although these notes mature in 2029, they may be converted into cash and shares of our common stock prior to maturity if certain conditions are met. Any conversion prior to maturity can result in repayment of the principal amounts sooner than the scheduled repayment as indicated in the table above. Refer to Note 11, Convertible Senior Notes, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.
(4)Refer to Note 14, Commitments and Contingencies, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
We are exposed to market risks related to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates.
Foreign Currency Exchange Risk
We operate in foreign countries which expose us to market risk associated with foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations between the U.S. dollar and various foreign currencies, the most significant of which are the British Pound and the Euro. In order to manage foreign currency risk, at times we enter into foreign exchange forward contracts to mitigate risks associated with changes in spot exchange rates of mainly non-functional currency denominated assets or liabilities of our foreign subsidiaries. In general, the market risk related to these contracts is offset by corresponding gains and losses on the hedged transactions. By working only with major banks and closely monitoring current market conditions, we seek to limit the risk that counterparties to these contracts may be unable to perform. We do not enter into derivative contracts for trading purposes. As of December 31, 2025, we did not have any outstanding foreign exchange forward contracts.
Interest Rate Fluctuation Risk
We are exposed to interest rate risk through our borrowing activities. As of December 31, 2025, there was no outstanding balance under the current Second A&R Credit Agreement. Refer to Note 10, Debt and Credit Agreement, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.
As of December 31, 2025, the net carrying amount under the 2029 Notes was $167.6 million. Although our convertible senior notes are based on a fixed rate, changes in interest rates could impact the fair value of such notes. As of December 31, 2025, the fair market value of the 2029 Notes was $185.9 million. Refer to Note 5, Fair Value of Financial Instruments, and Note 11, Convertible Senior Notes, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.
We have used, and in the future we may use, interest rate swap agreements to protect against adverse fluctuations in interest rates by reducing our exposure to variability in cash flows relating to interest payments on a portion of our outstanding debt. We do not hold or issue any derivative financial instruments for speculative trading purposes. As of December 31, 2025, we did not have any outstanding interest rate swap agreements.
65
Table of Contents
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
The Report of Independent Auditors and Consolidated Financial Statements are included in Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K beginning on page F-1 and are incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Our management, with the participation of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognized that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives. In addition, the design of disclosure controls and procedures must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints and that management is required to apply its judgment in evaluating the benefits of possible controls and procedures relative to their costs.
Based on that evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2025 to provide reasonable assurance that information we are required to disclose in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act). Our internal control system is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations and can provide only reasonable assurance that the objectives of the internal control system are met.
Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025 using the criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting as described in “Internal Control—Integrated Framework,” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO Criteria). Based on this assessment, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2025.
Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has issued its attestation report on our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, which is included in Part IV, Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting during the year ended December 31, 2025.
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
Securities Trading Plans of Directors and Officers
During the three months ended December 31, 2025, none of our directors or officers adopted terminated
ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS.
Not applicable.
66
Table of Contents
PART III
Certain information required by Part III is omitted from this Annual Report on Form 10-K because the registrant will file with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission a definitive proxy statement pursuant to Regulation 14A in connection with the solicitation of proxies for Omnicell’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders expected to be held in May 2026 (the “Proxy Statement”) not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and certain information included therein is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The information required by this Item with respect to directors and executive officers may be found under the heading “Information About Our Executive Officers” in Part I, Item 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and in the sections entitled “Board and Corporate Governance Matters—Information about our Directors and Nominees” and “Board and Corporate Governance Matters—Information about our Directors and Nominees—Director Nominees” appearing in the Proxy Statement. Such information is incorporated herein by reference.
The information required by this Item with respect to our audit committee and audit committee financial expert may be found in the section entitled “Board and Corporate Governance Matters—Information Regarding Committees of the Board of Directors—Audit Committee” appearing in the Proxy Statement. Such information is incorporated herein by reference.
The information required by this Item with respect to compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 may be found in the section entitled “Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports” appearing in the Proxy Statement. Such information is incorporated herein by reference.
Our written Code of Conduct applies to all of our directors and employees, including executive officers, which includes, without limitation our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, controller, and persons performing similar functions. The Code of Conduct is available on our investor relations website located at ir.omnicell.com under the hyperlink entitled “Leadership & Governance—Governance Documents.” Changes to or waivers of the Code of Conduct will be disclosed on the same website. We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K regarding any amendment to, or waiver of, any provision of the Code of Conduct by disclosing such information on the same website.
The information required by this Item with respect to our insider trading policies and procedures may be found in the section entitled “Board and Corporate Governance Matters—Insider Trading Policies and Procedures ” appearing in the Proxy Statement. Such information is incorporated herein by reference. A copy of our insider trading policies have been filed as Exhibit 19.1 to this Annual Report.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by this Item with respect to director and executive officer compensation is incorporated by reference to the sections of our Proxy Statement entitled “Executive Compensation” and “Board and Corporate Governance Matters—Director Compensation.”
The information required by this Item with respect to Compensation Committee interlocks and insider participation is incorporated herein by reference to the section of our Proxy Statement entitled “Board and Corporate Governance Matters—Information Regarding Committees of the Board of Directors—Compensation Committee—Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation.”
The information required by this Item with respect to our Compensation Committee’s review and discussion of the Compensation Discussion and Analysis included in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference to the section of our Proxy Statement entitled “Executive Compensation—Compensation Committee Report.”
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The information required by this Item with respect to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is incorporated herein by reference to the section of our Proxy Statement entitled “Stock Ownership—Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.”
The information required by this Item with respect to securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans is incorporated herein by reference to the section of our Proxy Statement entitled “Equity Plan Information—Equity Compensation Plan Information.”
67
Table of Contents
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required by this Item with respect to related party transactions is incorporated herein by reference to the section of our Proxy Statement entitled “Board and Corporate Governance Matters—Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.”
The information required by this Item with respect to director independence is incorporated herein by reference to the section of our Proxy Statement entitled “Board and Corporate Governance Matters—Independence of the Board of Directors.”
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the sections of our Proxy Statement entitled “Audit Matters—Ratification of Selection of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm—Principal Accountant Fees and Services” and “Audit Matters—Ratification of Selection of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm—Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures.”
68
Table of Contents
PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
The following documents are included as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:
(1) Consolidated Financial Statements:
| Index to Financial Statements | Page | |||||||
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID No. | F-1 | |||||||
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 | F-4 | |||||||
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 | F-5 | |||||||
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 | F-6 | |||||||
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 | F-7 | |||||||
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 | F-8 | |||||||
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements | F-10 | |||||||
Financial Statement Schedule II: Valuation and Qualifying Accounts | F-43 | |||||||
(2) Exhibits: The information required by this item is set forth on the exhibit index which precedes the signature page of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY
None.
69
Table of Contents
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the shareholders and the Board of Directors of Omnicell, Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Omnicell, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity, and cash flows, for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2025, and the related notes and the schedules listed in the Index at Item 15 (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2025, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 26, 2026, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matter
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current-period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.
Revenue recognition - Identification of performance obligation - Refer to Note 1 to the financial statements
Critical Audit Matter Description
Many of the Company’s sales contracts contain multiple performance obligations, with a combination of hardware systems, software products, support and maintenance, and professional services. To identify its performance obligations, the Company considers all products or services promised in the contract regardless of whether they are explicitly stated or are implied by customary business practices. This evaluation also requires management to determine if the goods or services identified as performance obligations are distinct. Where a good or service is determined not to be distinct, the Company combines the good or service with other promised goods or services until a bundle of goods or services that is distinct is identified.
We determined the identification of distinct performance obligations in the recognition of revenue related to contracts that contain multiple products or services as a critical audit matter due to significant judgments required by management to determine distinct performance obligations that should be accounted for separately. Accordingly, performing audit procedures related to these revenue contracts required a high degree of auditor judgment and an increased extent of effort.
F-1
Table of Contents
How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit
Our audit procedures related to the identification of distinct performance obligations included the following, among others:
•We tested the effectiveness of internal controls over revenue recognition, including those related to management’s identification and assessment of distinct performance obligations in revenue contracts.
•Evaluated management’s technical accounting policies and practices including the reasonableness of management’s judgments and assumptions in the determination of whether the products and services represent distinct performance obligations.
•Tested the reasonableness of the identification of distinct performance obligations through inspection of a selection of customer contracts and other source documents.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
San Jose, California
February 26, 2026
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2014.
F-2
Table of Contents
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the shareholders and the Board of Directors of Omnicell, Inc.
Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Omnicell, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2025, of the Company and our report dated February 26, 2026, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.
Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
February 26, 2026
F-3
Table of Contents
OMNICELL, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
| December 31, | |||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | ||||||||||
| (In thousands, except par value) | |||||||||||
| ASSETS | |||||||||||
| Current assets: | |||||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents | $ | $ | |||||||||
Accounts receivable and unbilled receivables, net of allowances of $ | |||||||||||
| Inventories | |||||||||||
| Prepaid expenses | |||||||||||
| Other current assets | |||||||||||
| Total current assets | |||||||||||
| Property and equipment, net | |||||||||||
| Long-term investment in sales-type leases, net | |||||||||||
| Operating lease right-of-use assets | |||||||||||
| Goodwill | |||||||||||
| Intangible assets, net | |||||||||||
| Long-term deferred tax assets | |||||||||||
| Prepaid commissions | |||||||||||
| Other long-term assets | |||||||||||
| Total assets | $ | $ | |||||||||
| LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY | |||||||||||
| Current liabilities: | |||||||||||
| Accounts payable | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Accrued compensation | |||||||||||
| Accrued liabilities | |||||||||||
| Deferred revenues | |||||||||||
| Convertible senior notes, net | |||||||||||
| Total current liabilities | |||||||||||
| Long-term deferred revenues | |||||||||||
| Long-term deferred tax liabilities | |||||||||||
| Long-term operating lease liabilities | |||||||||||
| Other long-term liabilities | |||||||||||
| Convertible senior notes, net | |||||||||||
| Total liabilities | |||||||||||
| Commitments and contingencies (Note 14) | |||||||||||
| Stockholders’ equity: | |||||||||||
Preferred stock, $ | |||||||||||
Common stock, $ | |||||||||||
Treasury stock at cost, | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Additional paid-in capital | |||||||||||
| Retained earnings | |||||||||||
| Accumulated other comprehensive loss | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Total stockholders’ equity | |||||||||||
| Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity | $ | $ | |||||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-4
Table of Contents
OMNICELL, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||||||
| (In thousands, except per share data) | |||||||||||||||||
| Revenues: | |||||||||||||||||
| Product revenues | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
| Service revenues | |||||||||||||||||
| Total revenues | |||||||||||||||||
| Cost of revenues: | |||||||||||||||||
| Cost of product revenues | |||||||||||||||||
| Cost of service revenues | |||||||||||||||||
| Total cost of revenues | |||||||||||||||||
| Gross profit | |||||||||||||||||
| Operating expenses: | |||||||||||||||||
| Research and development | |||||||||||||||||
| Selling, general, and administrative | |||||||||||||||||
| Total operating expenses | |||||||||||||||||
| Income (loss) from operations | ( | ||||||||||||||||
| Interest and other income (expense), net | |||||||||||||||||
| Income (loss) before income taxes | ( | ||||||||||||||||
| Provision for income taxes | |||||||||||||||||
| Net income (loss) | $ | $ | $ | ( | |||||||||||||
| Net income (loss) per share: | |||||||||||||||||
| Basic | $ | $ | $ | ( | |||||||||||||
| Diluted | $ | $ | $ | ( | |||||||||||||
| Weighted-average shares outstanding: | |||||||||||||||||
| Basic | |||||||||||||||||
| Diluted | |||||||||||||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-5
Table of Contents
OMNICELL, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||||||
| (In thousands) | |||||||||||||||||
| Net income (loss) | $ | $ | $ | ( | |||||||||||||
| Other comprehensive income (loss): | |||||||||||||||||
| Foreign currency translation adjustments | ( | ||||||||||||||||
| Other comprehensive income (loss) | ( | ||||||||||||||||
| Comprehensive income (loss) | $ | $ | $ | ( | |||||||||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-6
Table of Contents
OMNICELL, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
| Common Stock | Treasury Stock | Additional Paid-In Capital | Retained Earnings | Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) | Stockholders’ Equity | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Shares | Amount | Shares | Amount | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| (In thousands) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balances as of December 31, 2022 | $ | ( | $ | ( | $ | $ | $ | ( | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net loss | — | — | — | — | — | ( | — | ( | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Other comprehensive income | — | — | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Share-based compensation | — | — | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of common stock under employee stock plans | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Tax payments related to restricted stock units | — | — | — | — | ( | — | — | ( | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balances as of December 31, 2023 | $ | ( | $ | ( | $ | $ | $ | ( | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net income | — | — | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Other comprehensive loss | — | — | — | — | — | — | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Share-based compensation | — | — | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of common stock under employee stock plans | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Tax payments related to restricted stock units | — | — | — | — | ( | — | — | ( | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Purchase of convertible note hedge | — | — | — | — | ( | — | — | ( | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Sale of warrants | — | — | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Tax benefit related to convertible note hedge | — | — | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Partial unwind of convertible note hedge and warrants | — | — | — | — | ( | — | — | ( | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balances as of December 31, 2024 | $ | ( | $ | ( | $ | $ | $ | ( | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net income | — | — | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Other comprehensive income | — | — | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Share-based compensation | — | — | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of common stock under employee stock plans | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Tax payments related to restricted stock units | — | — | — | — | ( | — | — | ( | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Common stock repurchases, including excise tax | — | — | ( | ( | — | — | — | ( | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balances as of December 31, 2025 | $ | ( | $ | ( | $ | $ | $ | ( | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-7
Table of Contents
OMNICELL, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||||||
| (In thousands) | |||||||||||||||||
| Operating Activities | |||||||||||||||||
| Net income (loss) | $ | $ | $ | ( | |||||||||||||
| Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities: | |||||||||||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization | |||||||||||||||||
| Loss on disposal of assets | |||||||||||||||||
| Share-based compensation expense | |||||||||||||||||
| Deferred income taxes | ( | ( | ( | ||||||||||||||
| Amortization of operating lease right-of-use assets | |||||||||||||||||
| Impairment and abandonment of operating lease right-of-use assets related to facilities | |||||||||||||||||
| Impairment of external-use software development costs | |||||||||||||||||
| Impairment of certain long-lived assets | |||||||||||||||||
| Inventory write-down | |||||||||||||||||
| Amortization of debt issuance costs | |||||||||||||||||
| Gain on extinguishment of convertible senior notes, net | ( | ||||||||||||||||
| Changes in operating assets and liabilities: | |||||||||||||||||
| Accounts receivable and unbilled receivables | ( | ||||||||||||||||
| Inventories | ( | ||||||||||||||||
| Prepaid expenses | ( | ||||||||||||||||
| Other current assets | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||
| Investment in sales-type leases | ( | ( | ( | ||||||||||||||
| Prepaid commissions | ( | ||||||||||||||||
| Other long-term assets | |||||||||||||||||
| Accounts payable | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||
| Accrued compensation | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||
| Accrued liabilities | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||
| Deferred revenues | |||||||||||||||||
| Operating lease liabilities | ( | ( | ( | ||||||||||||||
| Other long-term liabilities | ( | ||||||||||||||||
| Net cash provided by operating activities | |||||||||||||||||
| Investing Activities | |||||||||||||||||
| Asset acquisition | ( | ||||||||||||||||
| External-use software development costs | ( | ( | ( | ||||||||||||||
| Purchases of property and equipment | ( | ( | ( | ||||||||||||||
| Net cash used in investing activities | ( | ( | ( | ||||||||||||||
| Financing Activities | |||||||||||||||||
| Payments for debt issuance costs for revolving credit facility | ( | ||||||||||||||||
| Repayment of convertible senior notes due 2025 | ( | ||||||||||||||||
| Proceeds from issuance of convertible senior notes, net of issuance costs | |||||||||||||||||
| Partial repurchase of convertible senior notes | ( | ||||||||||||||||
| Purchase of convertible note hedge | ( | ||||||||||||||||
| Proceeds from sale of warrants | |||||||||||||||||
| Partial unwind of convertible note hedge and warrants | ( | ||||||||||||||||
| Proceeds from issuances under stock-based compensation plans | |||||||||||||||||
| Employees’ taxes paid related to restricted stock units | ( | ( | ( | ||||||||||||||
| Common stock repurchases | ( | ||||||||||||||||
| Change in customer funds, net | ( | ||||||||||||||||
| Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||
| Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||
| Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||
| Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at beginning of period | |||||||||||||||||
| Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of period | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
F-8
Table of Contents
OMNICELL, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (CONTINUED)
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||||||
| (In thousands) | |||||||||||||||||
| Reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash to the Consolidated Balance Sheets: | |||||||||||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
| Restricted cash included in other current assets | |||||||||||||||||
| Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of period | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
| Supplemental cash flow information: | |||||||||||||||||
| Cash paid for interest | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
| Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities: | |||||||||||||||||
| Unpaid purchases of property and equipment | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
| Excise tax payable on common stock repurchases | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-9
Table of Contents
OMNICELL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Business
Omnicell, Inc. was incorporated in California in 1992 under the name Omnicell Technologies, Inc. and reincorporated in Delaware in 2001 as Omnicell, Inc. The Company’s major products and related services are medication management solutions and adherence tools for healthcare systems and pharmacies, which are sold in its principal market, the healthcare industry. The Company’s market is primarily located in the United States. “Omnicell” or the “Company” refer to Omnicell, Inc. and its subsidiaries, collectively.
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) and include all adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations, and cash flows for the periods presented.
Principles of Consolidation
The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Use of Estimates
Segment Reporting
The Company manages its operations as a single segment for the purposes of assessing performance and making operating decisions. The Company’s Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) is its Chief Executive Officer. The CODM allocates resources and evaluates the performance of the Company at the consolidated level using the Company’s consolidated net income (loss). In addition, the CODM is provided with certain segment assets and liabilities, primarily those that impact liquidity, as well as certain significant expenses. All significant operating decisions are based upon an analysis of the Company as one operating segment, which is the same as its reporting segment. Refer to Note 2, Segment Information, for further information regarding the Company’s segment disclosures.
Foreign Currency Translation and Remeasurement
Most of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries use the local currency of their respective countries as their functional currency. The Company translates the assets and liabilities of such non-U.S. dollar functional currency subsidiaries into U.S. dollars using exchange rates in effect at the end of each period. Revenue and expenses for these subsidiaries are translated using rates that approximate those in effect during the period. Gains and losses from these translations are recorded as foreign currency translation adjustments and included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in stockholders’ equity.
Assets and liabilities denominated in a currency other than the functional currency are remeasured into the respective entity’s functional currency. Monetary assets and liabilities are remeasured at exchange rates in effect at the end of each period, and non-monetary assets and liabilities are remeasured at historical rates. Gains and losses from foreign currency remeasurement of monetary assets and liabilities are recorded in interest and other income (expense), net.
F-10
Table of Contents
Revenue Recognition
The Company earns revenues from sales of its products and related services, which are sold in the healthcare industry, its principal market. The Company’s customer arrangements typically include one or more of the following revenue categories:
Connected devices, software licenses, and other. Software-enabled connected devices and software licenses that manage and regulate the storage and dispensing of pharmaceuticals, consumables blister cards, and packaging equipment and other supplies. This revenue category is often sold through long-term, sole-source agreements. Solutions in this category include, but are not limited to, XT Series automated dispensing systems and products related to the Central Pharmacy Dispensing Service and IV Compounding Service.
Consumables. Medication adherence packaging, labeling, and other one-time use packaging including multi-medication adherence packaging and single-dose blister cards, which are used by retail, community, and outpatient pharmacies, as well as by institutional pharmacies serving long-term care and other non-acute healthcare facilities, and are designed to improve patient engagement and adherence to prescriptions.
Technical services. Post-installation technical support and other related services (support and maintenance), including phone and/or web support, on-site service, parts, and access to unspecified software updates and enhancements, if and when available. This revenue category is often supported by multi-year or annual contractual agreements.
Software as a Service (“SaaS”) and Expert Services. Software and service solutions which are offered on a subscription basis with fees typically based either on transaction volume or a fee over a specified period of time. Solutions in this category include, but are not limited to, EnlivenHealth®, Specialty Pharmacy Services, 340B solutions, Inventory Optimization Service, other software solutions, and services related to the Central Pharmacy Dispensing Service and IV Compounding Service.
The following table summarizes revenue recognition for each revenue category:
Revenue Category | Timing of Revenue Recognition | Income Statement Classification | ||||||||||||
Connected devices, software licenses, and other | Point in time, as transfer of control occurs, generally upon installation and acceptance by the customer | Product | ||||||||||||
Consumables | Point in time, as transfer of control occurs, generally upon shipment to, or receipt by, customer | Product | ||||||||||||
Technical services | Over time, as services are provided, typically ratably over the service term | Service | ||||||||||||
SaaS and Expert Services | Over time, as services are provided | Service | ||||||||||||
Prior to recognizing revenue, the Company identifies the contract, performance obligations, and transaction price, and allocates the transaction price to the performance obligations. All identified contracts meet the following required criteria:
Parties to the contract have approved the contract (in writing, orally, or in accordance with other customary business practices) and are committed to perform their respective obligations. A majority of the Company’s contracts are evidenced by a non-cancelable written agreement. Contracts for consumable products are generally evidenced by an order placed via our online portal, phone, or a purchase order.
Entity can identify each party’s rights regarding the goods or services to be transferred. Contract terms are documented within the written agreements. Where a written contract does not exist, such as for consumable products, the rights of each party are understood as following the Company’s standard business process and terms.
The entity can identify the payment terms for the goods or services to be transferred. Payment terms are documented within the agreement and are generally net 30 to 60 days from shipment of tangible product or services performed for customers in the United States. Where a written contract does not exist, the Company’s standard payment terms are net 30 day terms.
The contract has commercial substance (that is the risk, timing, or amount of the entity’s future cash flows is expected to change as a result of the contract). The Company’s agreements are an exchange of cash for a combination of products and services which result in changes in the amount of the Company’s future cash flows.
It is probable the entity will collect the consideration to which it will be entitled in exchange for the goods or services that will be transferred to the customer. The Company performs a credit check for all significant customers or
F-11
Table of Contents
transactions and where collectability is not probable, payment in full or a substantial down payment prior to shipment is typically required to help ensure the full agreed upon contract price will be collected.
Distinct goods or services are identified as performance obligations. A series of distinct goods or services that are substantially the same and that have the same pattern of transfer to the customer are considered a single performance obligation. Where a good or service is determined not to be distinct, the Company combines the good or service with other promised goods or services until a bundle of goods or services that is distinct is identified. To identify its performance obligations, the Company considers all products or services promised in the contract regardless of whether they are explicitly stated or are implied by customary business practices. When performance obligations are included in separate contracts, the Company considers an entire customer arrangement to determine if separate contracts should be considered combined for the purposes of revenue recognition. Many of the Company’s sales contain multiple performance obligations, with a combination of hardware systems, software products, support and maintenance, and professional services.
The transaction price of a contract is determined based on the fixed consideration, net of an estimate for variable consideration such as various discounts or rebates provided to customers. As a result of the Company’s commercial selling practices, contract prices are generally fixed with minimal, if any, variable consideration.
The transaction price is allocated to separate performance obligations proportionally based on the standalone selling price of each performance obligation. Standalone selling price is best evidenced by the price the Company charges for the good or service when selling it separately in similar circumstances to similar customers. Other than for the renewal of annual technical services contracts, the Company’s products and services are not generally sold separately. The Company uses an amount discounted from the list price as a best estimated standalone selling price.
The Company recognizes revenue when the performance obligation has been satisfied by transferring a promised good or service to a customer. The good or service is transferred when or as the customer obtains control of the good or service. Determining when control transfers requires management to make judgments that affect the timing of revenues recognized. Generally, for products requiring a complex implementation, control passes when the product is installed and functionally ready for use. For all other products, control generally passes when product has been shipped and title has passed. For support and maintenance contracts and certain other services, including SaaS and Expert Services provided on a subscription basis, control passes to the customer over time, generally ratably over the service term. Time and material services transfer control to the customer at the time the services are provided.
The portion of the transaction price allocated to the Company’s unsatisfied performance obligations for which invoicing has occurred is recorded as deferred revenues. Deferred revenues from product sales primarily relate to delivered and invoiced products, pending installation and acceptance. Deferred revenues from service contracts primarily relate to services that have been invoiced, but services have not yet been provided. Short-term deferred revenues are expected to be recognized within the next twelve months. Long-term deferred revenues substantially consist of deferred revenues on long-term technical and SaaS and Expert Services contracts which have been invoiced and are expected to be recognized as revenue beyond twelve months, generally not more than ten years .
In addition, the Company has remaining performance obligations associated with contracts for which the associated products have been accepted or associated services have started, but where invoicing has not yet occurred and therefore are not reflected in deferred revenue. These remaining performance obligations are comprised of the non-variable portions of technical services and SaaS and Expert Services provided under non-cancellable contracts with minimum commitments. Remaining performance obligations which are not included in deferred revenues were $388.0 million as of December 31, 2025. Remaining performance obligations are expected to be recognized ratably over the remaining terms of the associated contracts, which terms vary but are generally not more than ten years . Remaining performance obligations do not include product obligations, services where the associated product has not been accepted, services which have not yet started, variable portions of services, and certain other obligations.
Revenues, contract assets, and contract liabilities are recorded net of associated taxes.
The Company generally invoices customers for products upon shipment. Invoicing associated with the service portion of agreements is generally periodic and is billed on a monthly, quarterly, or annual basis, and in certain circumstances, multiple years are billed at one time. SaaS and Expert Services agreements are generally invoiced periodically on a monthly, quarterly or annual basis over the life of the agreement. In certain circumstances, portions of these agreements may be invoiced lump sum.
The amount invoiced for equipment and software is typically reflected in both accounts receivable and deferred revenues. The Company typically recognizes product revenue, and correspondingly reduces deferred revenues, for equipment and on-premise software upon written customer acceptance of installation. Consumables are recorded as revenue upon shipment to or receipt by the customer, depending upon contract terms.
F-12
Table of Contents
From time to time, the Company enters into change orders which modify the product to be received by the customer pursuant to certain contracts. Changes to any contract are accounted for as a modification of the existing contract to the extent the goods and services to be delivered as part of the contract are generally consistent with the nature and type of those to be provided under the terms of the original contract. Examples of such change orders include the addition or removal of units of equipment or changes to the configuration of the equipment where the overall nature of the contract remains intact. The Company’s change orders generally result in the change being accounted for as modifications of existing contracts given the nature of the impacted orders.
In the normal course of business, the Company typically does not accept product returns unless the item is defective as manufactured or the configuration of the product is incorrect. The Company establishes provisions for estimated returns based on historical product returns. The allowance for sales returns is not material to the Consolidated Financial Statements for any periods presented.
A portion of the Company’s sales are made to customers who are members of Group Purchasing Organizations (“GPOs”), each of which functions as a purchasing agent on behalf of member hospitals and other healthcare providers. The Company also has a Federal Supply Schedule Contract with the Department of Veterans Affairs (the “GSA Contract”), allowing the Department of Veterans Affairs, the Department of Defense, and other federal government customers to purchase the Company’s products. Pursuant to the terms of GPO agreements and the GSA Contract, each member or agency contracts directly with Omnicell and can purchase the Company’s products at pre-negotiated contract terms and pricing. GPOs are often fully or partially owned by the Company’s customers, and the Company pays fees to the GPO on completed contracts. The Company also pays the Industrial Funding Fee (“IFF”) to the Department of Veterans Affairs under the GSA Contract. The Company considers these fees consideration paid to customers and records them as reductions to revenue. Fees to GPOs and the IFF were $8.8 million, $9.6 million, and $11.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023, respectively. The accounts receivable balances are with individual members of the GPOs and federal agencies that purchase under the GSA Contract, and therefore no significant concentration of credit risk exists. During the year ended December 31, 2025, sales to members of the ten largest GPOs and federal agencies that purchase under the GSA Contract collectively accounted for approximately 61 % of the Company’s total consolidated revenues.
Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities
A contract asset is a right to consideration in exchange for goods or services that the Company has transferred to a customer when that right is conditioned on something other than the passage of time. A receivable will be recorded on the balance sheet when the Company has unconditional rights to consideration. A contract liability is an obligation to transfer goods or services for which the Company has received consideration, or for which an amount of consideration is due from the customer. Contract liabilities include customer deposits under non-cancelable contracts, and current and non-current deferred revenue balances. The Company’s contract balances are reported in a net contract asset or liability position on a contract-by-contract basis at the end of each reporting period.
Significant changes in the contract assets and the contract liabilities balances during the period are the result of the issuance of invoices and recognition of deferred revenues in the normal course of business. The contract modifications entered into during the year ended December 31, 2025 did not have a significant impact on the Company’s contract assets or deferred revenues.
Contract Costs
The Company has determined that certain incentive portions of its sales commission plans require capitalization since these payments are directly related to sales achieved during a time period. These commissions are earned on the basis of: (i) the value of new bookings for connected devices, software products, and SaaS and Expert Services, provided that for SaaS and Expert Services a commission will only be paid on the amount that represents the minimum commitment and (ii) the value of new orders for consumables. Since there are no commensurate commissions earned on renewal of the service bookings, the Company concluded that the capitalized asset is related to services provided under both the initial contract and renewal periods.
The Company applies a practical expedient to account for the incremental costs of obtaining a contract as part of a portfolio of contracts with similar characteristics as the Company expects the effect on the financial statements of applying the practical expedient would not differ materially from applying the accounting guidance to the individual contracts within the portfolio. A pool of contracts is defined as all contracts booked in a particular quarter. The amortization for the capitalized asset is an estimate of the pool’s original contract term, generally to five years , plus an estimate of future customer renewal periods resulting in a total amortization period of ten years .
F-13
Table of Contents
Lessor Leases
The Company determines if an arrangement is or contains a lease at inception. The transaction price is allocated to separate performance obligations, generally consisting of a combination of hardware systems, software products, support and maintenance, and professional services, proportionally based on the standalone selling price of each performance obligation. Standalone selling price is best evidenced by the price the Company charges for the good or service when selling it separately in similar circumstances to similar customers. Other than for the renewal of annual technical services contracts, the Company’s products and services are not generally sold separately. The Company uses an amount discounted from the list price as a best estimated standalone selling price.
Sales-Type Leases
The Company enters into non-cancelable sales-type lease arrangements with the leases varying in length from to ten years , most of which do not have an option to extend the lease term. At the end of the lease term, the customer must either return the equipment or negotiate a new agreement, resulting in a new purchase or lease transaction. Failure of the customer to either return the equipment or negotiate a new agreement results in the contract becoming a month-to-month rental. Certain sales-type leases automatically renew for successive one-year periods at the end of each lease term without written notice from the customer. The Company’s sales-type lease agreements do not contain any material residual value guarantees.
For sales-type leases, the Company recognizes revenues for its hardware and software products, net of lease execution costs, post-installation support and maintenance, professional services associated with SaaS and Expert Services offerings, and technical support, at the net present value of the lease payment stream upon customer acceptance. The Company recognizes service revenues associated with sales-type leases ratably over the term of the agreement in service revenues in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company recognizes interest income from sales-type leases using the effective interest method. Both hardware and software revenues, and interest income from sales-types leases are recorded in product revenues in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
The Company optimizes cash flows by selling a majority of its sales-type leases, other than those relating to U.S. government hospitals and SaaS and Expert Services products, including Central Pharmacy Dispensing Service and IV Compounding Service, to third-party leasing finance companies on a non-recourse basis. The Company generally has no obligation to the leasing company once the lease has been sold.
Allowance for Credit Losses
The Company is exposed to credit losses primarily through sales of its products and services, as well as its sales-type leasing arrangements. The Company performs credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition in order to assess each customer’s ability to pay. These evaluations require significant judgment and are based on a variety of factors including, but not limited to, current economic trends, payment history, and a financial review of the customer. The Company continues to monitor customers’ creditworthiness on an ongoing basis.
The Company maintains an allowance for credit losses for accounts receivable, unbilled receivables, and net investment in sales-type leases based on expected credit losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required payments. The allowance for credit losses is measured using a loss rate method, considering factors such as customers’ credit risk, historical loss experience, current conditions, and forecasts. The allowance for credit losses is measured on a collective (pool) basis by aggregating customer balances with similar risk characteristics. The Company also records a specific allowance based on an analysis of individual past due balances or customer-specific information, such as a decline in creditworthiness or bankruptcy. Actual collection losses may differ from management’s estimates, and such differences could be material to the Company’s financial position and results of operations.
F-14
Table of Contents
The allowance for credit losses is presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as a deduction from the respective asset balance. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the allowance for credit losses for long-term unbilled receivables and net investment in sales-type leases were not material.
Funds Held for Customers and Customer Fund Liabilities
The Company offers certain products and services in which it is customary for insurance payors to submit funds to the Company which are collected on behalf of, and, after a short holding period, disbursed to, the Company’s customers. The Company presents amounts collected from insurance payors and amounts due to be disbursed to customers on a gross basis within other current assets and accrued liabilities, respectively, in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, as such amounts are expected to be settled within one year. Generally, any funds received from the pharmacies or insurance payors that are held by the Company are segregated from its other corporate cash accounts. These funds are classified as restricted cash as the Company is contractually obligated to disburse these amounts to customers.
Sales of Accounts Receivable
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Financial Instruments
For assets and liabilities measured at fair value, the amounts are based on an expected exit price representing the amount that would be received from the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in a transaction between market participants. The fair value may be based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement, establishes a consistent framework for measuring fair value on either a recurring or nonrecurring basis whereby inputs used in valuation techniques are assigned a hierarchical level, as follows:
Level 1 – Observable inputs, such as quoted prices in active markets for identical instruments;
Level 2 – Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, or quoted prices for identical instruments in inactive markets; and
Level 3 – Unobservable inputs for financial instruments reflecting Company’s assumptions.
Inventory
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost, computed using the first-in, first-out method, and net realizable value. The Company regularly monitors inventory quantities on hand and records write-downs for excess and obsolete inventories based on the Company’s estimate of demand for its products, potential obsolescence of technology, product life cycles, and whether pricing trends or forecasts indicate that the carrying value of inventory exceeds its estimated selling price. These factors are impacted by market and economic conditions, technology changes, and new product introductions and require estimates that may include elements that are uncertain. Actual demand may differ from forecasted demand and may have a material effect on gross margins. If inventory is written down, a new cost basis is established that cannot be increased in future periods. Shipments from suppliers or contract manufacturers before the Company receives them are recorded as in-transit inventory when title and the significant risks and rewards of ownership have passed to the Company.
F-15
Table of Contents
Shipping Costs
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment less accumulated depreciation are stated at historical cost. The Company’s expenditures for property and equipment are primarily for computer equipment and software used in the administration of its business, and for leasehold improvements to its leased facilities. The Company also develops molds and dies used in long-term manufacturing arrangements with suppliers and for production automation equipment used in the manufacturing of consumable blister card components.
Depreciation and amortization is computed by use of the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets as stated below:
| Purchased software and internal-use software development costs | |||||
| Leasehold and building improvements | Shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life | ||||
| Furniture and fixtures | |||||
| Equipment | |||||
External-Use Software Development Costs
Cloud Computing Costs
F-16
Table of Contents
Lessee Leases
The Company determines if an arrangement is or contains a lease at inception. Operating lease right-of-use assets and liabilities are recognized at the commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. As most of its lease contracts do not provide an implicit rate, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate based on information available at the commencement date in determining the present value of the lease payments. Lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The Company does not recognize a right-of-use asset and a lease liability for leases with an initial term of twelve months or less. The Company elected the practical expedient to not separate lease components from nonlease components and applied that practical expedient to all material classes of leased assets.
Many of the Company’s operating leases include an option to extend the lease. The specific terms and conditions of the extension options vary from lease to lease, but are consistent with standard industry practices in each area that the Company operates. The Company reviews each of its lease options at a time required by the terms of the lease contract, and notifies the lessor if it chooses to exercise the lease renewal option. Until the Company is reasonably certain that it will extend the lease contract, the renewal option periods will not be recognized as right-of-use assets or lease liabilities.
Certain leases include provisions for early termination, which allow the contract parties to terminate their obligations under the lease contract. The terms and conditions of the termination options vary by contract. When the Company has made a decision to exercise an early termination option, the right-of-use assets and associated lease liabilities are remeasured in accordance with the present value of the remaining cash flows under the lease contract.
Certain building lease agreements include rental payments subject to change annually based on fluctuations in various indexes (i.e., Consumer Price Index (“CPI”), Retail Price Index, and other international indexes). Certain data center lease agreements include rental payments subject to change based on usage and CPI fluctuations. The changes based on usage and indexes are treated as variable lease costs and recognized in the period in which the obligation for those payments was incurred.
The Company’s operating lease agreements do not contain any material residual value guarantees, restrictions, or restriction covenants.
Goodwill and Acquired Intangible Assets
Goodwill
The Company assesses goodwill for impairment on an annual basis on the first day of the fourth quarter of each year at the reporting unit level. This assessment is also performed whenever there is a change in circumstances that indicates the carrying value of goodwill may be impaired. The Company has one reporting unit, which is the same as its operating segment. A qualitative assessment is initially made to determine whether it is necessary to perform quantitative testing. A qualitative assessment includes, among others, consideration of: (i) past, current, and projected future earnings and equity; (ii) recent trends and market conditions; and (iii) valuation metrics involving similar companies that are publicly-traded and acquisitions of similar companies, if available. If this qualitative assessment indicates that it is more likely than not that impairment exists, or if the Company decides to bypass this option, it proceeds to the quantitative assessment. The quantitative assessment involves a comparison between the estimated fair value of the Company’s reporting unit with its carrying amount including goodwill. If the carrying value exceeds estimated fair value, the Company will record an impairment charge based on that difference. The impairment charge will be limited to the amount of goodwill.
To determine the reporting unit’s fair value under the quantitative approach, the Company uses a combination of income and market approaches, such as estimated discounted future cash flows of the reporting unit, multiples of earnings or revenues, and analysis of recent sales or offerings of comparable entities. The Company also considers its market capitalization on the date of the analysis to ensure the reasonableness of its reporting unit’s fair value.
The Company performed a qualitative impairment assessment analysis as of October 1, 2025 for its reporting unit taking into consideration past, current, and projected future earnings, recent trends and market conditions, and valuation metrics involving similar companies that are publicly-traded. Based on the result of this analysis, an impairment does not exist as of December 31, 2025, and there were no accumulated impairment losses.
F-17
Table of Contents
Intangible Assets
In connection with its acquisitions, the Company generally recognizes assets for customer relationships, acquired technology, backlog, trade names, and non-compete agreements. Intangible assets are carried at cost less accumulated amortization. Such amortization is provided on a straight-line basis or on an accelerated basis based on a pattern of economic benefit that is expected to be obtained over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. Amortization for acquired technology and backlog is recognized in cost of revenues, and amortization for customer relationships, trade names, non-compete agreements, and patents is recognized in selling, general, and administrative expenses.
Convertible Debt
The Company accounts for convertible debt and related transactions in accordance with ASC 470-20, Debt with Conversion and Other Options, ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, and ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity. The Company evaluates convertible debt instruments and related transactions at inception to determine if those contracts or embedded components of those contracts qualify as derivatives to be separately accounted for.
The Company’s convertible senior notes are accounted for as a single liability at face value less unamortized debt issuance costs. Issuance costs are amortized using the effective interest method over the term of the convertible senior notes.
Convertible note hedge and warrant transactions associated with convertible debt instruments are accounted for as equity instruments, and are recorded in additional paid-in capital in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Valuation of Share-Based Compensation
The Company accounts for share-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718, Stock Compensation. The Company recognizes compensation expense related to share-based compensation based on the grant date estimated fair value.
The fair value of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and restricted stock awards (“RSAs”) is based on the stock price on the grant date. The RSUs and RSAs are subject to a service vesting condition and are recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.
The fair value of performance-based stock unit awards (“PSUs”) with service and market conditions is estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation model applying a multiple awards approach. Expense is recognized using the accelerated attribution method over the requisite service period.
Forfeiture rates are estimated based on the Company’s historical experience with equity awards that were granted and forfeited prior to vesting. The valuation assumptions used in estimating the fair value of employee share-based awards may change in future periods.
Accounting for Income Taxes
The Company records an income tax provision for (benefit from) the anticipated tax consequences of the reported results of operations. In accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes, the provision for (benefit from) income taxes is computed using the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined on the basis of the differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities and for operating losses and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates in effect for the periods in which those tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. In the event that these tax rates change, the Company will incur a benefit or detriment on its income tax expense in the period of enactment. If the
F-18
Table of Contents
Company were to determine that all or part of the net deferred tax assets are not realizable in the future, it will record a valuation allowance that would be charged to earnings in the period such determination is made.
In accordance with ASC 740, the Company recognizes the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such positions are then measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The calculation of tax liabilities involves significant judgment in estimating the impact of uncertainties in the application of ASC 740 and complex tax laws. Resolution of these uncertainties in a manner inconsistent with management’s expectations could have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition and operating results.
Recently Adopted Authoritative Guidance
In December 2023, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures, which includes amendments that further enhance income tax disclosures, primarily through standardization and disaggregation of rate reconciliation categories and income taxes paid by jurisdiction. The Company adopted ASU 2023-09 for the year ended December 31, 2025 on a prospective basis. Refer to Note 17, Income Taxes, for further information regarding the Company’s income tax disclosures.
Recently Issued Authoritative Guidance
In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03, Income Statement—Reporting Comprehensive Income—Expense Disaggregation Disclosure (Subtopic 220-40): Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses, which requires disclosures of additional information and disaggregation of certain expenses included in the income statement. The amendments are effective for the Company’s annual periods beginning January 1, 2027, and for interim periods within fiscal years beginning January 1, 2028, with early adoption permitted, and should be applied either prospectively or retrospectively. The Company is currently evaluating the impact ASU 2024-03 will have on its consolidated financial statements.
In September 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2025-06, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Internal Use Software, which removes all references to software development project stages, and requires capitalization of software costs to begin when (i) management has authorized and committed to funding the software project, and (ii) it is probable the project will be completed and the software will be used to perform its intended function. The amendments are effective for the Company’s annual periods beginning January 1, 2028, and for interim periods within fiscal years beginning January 1, 2028, with early adoption permitted, and can be applied prospectively, retrospectively, or utilizing a modified transition approach. The Company is currently evaluating the impact ASU 2025-06 will have on its consolidated financial statements.
There was no other recently issued and effective authoritative guidance that is expected to have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements through the reporting date.
Note 2. Segment Information
The Company’s one reportable segment derives revenues from sales of its products and related services, as described in Note 1, Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, which are sold in its principal market, the healthcare industry. The accounting policies of the Company’s one reportable segment are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies in Note 1.
As the Company has a single reportable segment and is managed on a consolidated basis, the measure of segment profit or loss that the CODM uses to allocate resources and assess performance is consolidated net income (loss) as reported on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The CODM uses this key measure to evaluate income generated from segment assets in deciding how to reinvest profits as well as monitor budget versus actual results.
The CODM is also provided with certain segment assets, primarily those that impact liquidity, such as cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and inventories, as well as certain liabilities such as accounts payable and outstanding debt. Assets and liabilities provided to the CODM are consistent with those reported on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. In addition, the CODM is regularly provided with significant expenses, which are adjusted cost of product and service revenues and adjusted operating expenses. These significant expenses are adjusted for certain non-cash charges and expenses that are unrelated to the Company’s ongoing operations. Adjusted cost of product revenues and adjusted cost of service revenues exclude certain items such as share-based compensation expense, amortization of acquired intangibles, and certain restructuring and severance charges. Adjusted operating expenses include research and development, and selling, general and administrative expenses, and exclude certain items such as share-based compensation expense, amortization of acquired intangibles, legal and regulatory expenses, and certain restructuring and severance charges. To align with the significant expenses provided to the
F-19
Table of Contents
CODM for the year ended December 31, 2025, certain prior-year significant expenses have been recast to conform with current-period presentation. Depreciation and amortization expense for the Company’s single reportable segment was $78.8 million, $82.2 million, and $87.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023, respectively.
The following table summarizes the Company’s reportable segment revenues and significant expenses, reconciled to the Company’s consolidated net income (loss):
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||||||
| (In thousands) | |||||||||||||||||
| Total revenues | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
| Less: | |||||||||||||||||
| Adjusted cost of product revenues | ( | ( | ( | ||||||||||||||
| Adjusted cost of service revenues | ( | ( | ( | ||||||||||||||
| Adjusted operating expenses | ( | ( | ( | ||||||||||||||
Other segment items (1) | ( | ( | ( | ||||||||||||||
| Interest and other income (expense), net | |||||||||||||||||
| Provision for income taxes | |||||||||||||||||
| Net income (loss) | $ | $ | $ | ( | |||||||||||||
_________________________________________________
Note 3. Revenues
Disaggregation of Revenues
The following table summarizes the Company’s revenues disaggregated by revenue type:
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||||||
| (In thousands) | |||||||||||||||||
| Connected devices, software licenses, and other | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
| Consumables | |||||||||||||||||
| Technical services | |||||||||||||||||
SaaS and Expert Services | |||||||||||||||||
| Total revenues | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
The following table summarizes the Company’s revenues disaggregated by geographic region, which is determined based on customer location:
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||||||
| (In thousands) | |||||||||||||||||
| United States | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
Rest of world (1) | |||||||||||||||||
| Total revenues | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
_________________________________________________
(1) No individual country represented more than 10% of total revenues.
F-20
Table of Contents
Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities
The following table reflects the Company’s contract assets and contract liabilities:
| December 31, | |||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | ||||||||||
| (In thousands) | |||||||||||
Short-term unbilled receivables, net (1) | $ | $ | |||||||||
Long-term unbilled receivables, net (2) | |||||||||||
| Total contract assets | $ | $ | |||||||||
Short-term deferred revenues | $ | $ | |||||||||
Long-term deferred revenues | |||||||||||
| Total contract liabilities | $ | $ | |||||||||
_________________________________________________
(1) Included in accounts receivable and unbilled receivables in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(2) Included in other long-term assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company recognized revenues of $124.9 million that were included in the corresponding short-term deferred revenues balance of $141.4 million as of December 31, 2024.
Significant Customers
There were no customers that accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023. Also, there were no customers that accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s accounts receivable and unbilled receivables balance as of December 31, 2025 and 2024.
Note 4. Net Income (Loss) Per Share
Basic net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) for the period by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the period. In periods of net loss, all potential common shares are anti-dilutive, so diluted net loss per share equals the basic net loss per share. In periods of net income, diluted net income per share is computed by dividing net income for the period by the basic weighted-average number of shares plus any dilutive potential common stock outstanding during the period, using the treasury stock method for share-based awards and warrants, and the if-converted method for convertible senior notes. Potential common stock includes the effect of outstanding dilutive stock options, restricted stock awards, and restricted stock units, as well as shares the Company could be obligated to issue from its convertible senior notes and warrants, as described in Note 11, Convertible Senior Notes. In the event of the conversion of the Company’s convertible senior notes, the principal portion will be settled in cash with any conversion consideration in excess of the principal portion settled in cash and/or shares of the Company’s common stock at the Company’s option, therefore, only the amounts expected to be settled in excess of the principal portion are considered dilutive in calculating earnings per share under the if-converted method. Any anti-dilutive weighted-average dilutive shares related to stock award plans, convertible senior notes, and warrants are excluded from the computation of the diluted net income per share.
F-21
Table of Contents
The basic and diluted net income (loss) per share calculations were as follows:
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||||||
| (In thousands, except per share data) | |||||||||||||||||
| Net income (loss) | $ | $ | $ | ( | |||||||||||||
| Weighted-average shares outstanding – basic | |||||||||||||||||
| Effect of dilutive securities from stock award plans | |||||||||||||||||
| Weighted-average shares outstanding – diluted | |||||||||||||||||
| Net income (loss) per share – basic | $ | $ | $ | ( | |||||||||||||
| Net income (loss) per share – diluted | $ | $ | $ | ( | |||||||||||||
| Anti-dilutive weighted-average shares related to stock award plans | |||||||||||||||||
| Anti-dilutive weighted-average shares related to convertible senior notes and warrants | |||||||||||||||||
Note 5. Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The following table summarizes the carrying amounts, net of unamortized debt issuance costs, and fair values of the convertible senior notes:
| As of December 31, | |||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | ||||||||||
| (In thousands) | |||||||||||
| Net carrying amount: | |||||||||||
| 2025 Notes | $ | $ | |||||||||
| 2029 Notes | |||||||||||
| Total net carrying amount | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Fair value: | |||||||||||
| 2025 Notes | $ | $ | |||||||||
| 2029 Notes | |||||||||||
| Total fair value | $ | $ | |||||||||
F-22
Table of Contents
Note 6. Balance Sheet Components
Balance sheet details are presented in the tables below:
| December 31, | |||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | ||||||||||
| (In thousands) | |||||||||||
| Inventories: | |||||||||||
| Raw materials | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Work in process | |||||||||||
| Finished goods | |||||||||||
| Total inventories | $ | $ | |||||||||
Funds held for customers, including restricted cash (1) | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Deferred cost of sales | |||||||||||
| Net investment in sales-type leases, current portion | |||||||||||
| Prepaid income taxes | |||||||||||
Other current assets | |||||||||||
| Total other current assets | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Other long-term assets: | |||||||||||
| External-use software development costs, net | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Unbilled receivables, net | |||||||||||
| Deferred debt issuance costs | |||||||||||
| Other long-term assets | |||||||||||
| Total other long-term assets | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Operating lease liabilities, current portion | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Customer fund liabilities | |||||||||||
| Advance payments from customers | |||||||||||
| Rebate liabilities | |||||||||||
| Taxes payable | |||||||||||
| Other accrued liabilities | |||||||||||
| Total accrued liabilities | $ | $ | |||||||||
_________________________________________________
(1) Includes restricted cash of $54.5 million and $29.4 million as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
The following table summarizes the changes in accumulated balances of other comprehensive income (loss), which consisted of foreign currency translation adjustments:
| (In thousands) | |||||
| Balance as of December 31, 2023 | $ | ( | |||
| Other comprehensive loss | ( | ||||
| Balance as of December 31, 2024 | ( | ||||
| Other comprehensive income | |||||
| Balance as of December 31, 2025 | $ | ( | |||
F-23
Table of Contents
Note 7. Property and Equipment
The following table represents the property and equipment balances:
| December 31, | |||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | ||||||||||
| (In thousands) | |||||||||||
| Equipment | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Furniture and fixtures | |||||||||||
| Leasehold improvements | |||||||||||
| Purchased software and internal-use software development costs | |||||||||||
| Construction in progress | |||||||||||
| Property and equipment, gross | |||||||||||
| Accumulated depreciation and amortization | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Total property and equipment, net | $ | $ | |||||||||
Depreciation and amortization expense of property and equipment was $35.4 million, $34.5 million, and $27.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023, respectively, of which amortization expense related to purchased software and internal-use software development costs was $23.1 million, $19.4 million, and $10.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023, respectively.
The geographic location of the Company’s property and equipment, net, is based on the physical location in which it is located. The following table summarizes the geographic information for property and equipment, net:
| December 31, | |||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | ||||||||||
| (In thousands) | |||||||||||
| United States | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Rest of world | |||||||||||
| Total property and equipment, net | $ | $ | |||||||||
Note 8. External-Use Software Development Costs
The carrying amounts of external-use software development costs were as follows:
| December 31, | |||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | ||||||||||
| (In thousands) | |||||||||||
| Gross carrying amount | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Accumulated amortization | ( | ( | |||||||||
External-use software development costs, net (1) | $ | $ | |||||||||
_________________________________________________
(1) Included in other long-term assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
The Company recorded $21.8 million, $24.9 million, and $28.7 million to cost of product revenues for amortization of external-use software development costs for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023, respectively.
F-24
Table of Contents
The estimated future amortization expenses for external-use software development costs were as follows:
| December 31, 2025 | |||||
| (In thousands) | |||||
| 2026 | $ | ||||
| 2027 | |||||
| 2028 | |||||
| 2029 | |||||
| 2030 | |||||
| Thereafter | |||||
| Total | $ | ||||
Note 9. Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Goodwill
The following table represents changes in the carrying amount of goodwill:
| (In thousands) | |||||
| Balance as of December 31, 2023 | $ | ||||
| Foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations | ( | ||||
| Balance as of December 31, 2024 | |||||
| Foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations | |||||
| Balance as of December 31, 2025 | $ | ||||
Intangible Assets, Net
The carrying amounts and useful lives of intangible assets were as follows:
| December 31, 2025 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Gross carrying amount (1) | Accumulated amortization | Foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations | Net carrying amount | Useful life (years) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
| (In thousands, except for years) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Customer relationships | $ | $ | ( | $ | ( | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Acquired technology | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Trade names | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Patents | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total intangible assets, net | $ | $ | ( | $ | ( | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||||
F-25
Table of Contents
| December 31, 2024 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Gross carrying amount (1) | Accumulated amortization | Foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations | Net carrying amount | Useful life (years) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
| (In thousands, except for years) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Customer relationships | $ | $ | ( | $ | ( | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Acquired technology | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Trade names | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Patents | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total intangible assets, net | $ | $ | ( | $ | ( | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||||
_________________________________________________
(1) The differences in gross carrying amounts between periods are primarily due to the write-off of certain fully amortized intangible assets.
Amortization expense of intangible assets was $21.6 million, $22.8 million, and $31.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023, respectively.
The estimated future amortization expenses for amortizable intangible assets were as follows:
| December 31, 2025 | |||||
| (In thousands) | |||||
| 2026 | $ | ||||
| 2027 | |||||
| 2028 | |||||
| 2029 | |||||
| 2030 | |||||
| Thereafter | |||||
| Total | $ | ||||
Note 10. Debt and Credit Agreement
On November 15, 2019, Omnicell, Inc. entered into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (as amended, the “Prior A&R Credit Agreement”) with the lenders from time to time party thereto, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Citizens Bank, N.A., and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as joint lead arrangers, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent. As referred to in this Note 10, “Omnicell, Inc.” refers only to Omnicell, Inc., excluding its subsidiaries. The Prior A&R Credit Agreement provided for (a) a five-year revolving credit facility of $500.0 million (the “Prior Revolving Credit Facility”) and (b) an uncommitted incremental loan facility of up to $250.0 million (the “Prior Incremental Facility”). In addition, the Prior A&R Credit Agreement included a letter of credit sub-limit of up to $15.0 million and a swing line loan sub-limit of up to $25.0 million. The Prior A&R Credit Agreement was subsequently amended on September 22, 2020 and March 29, 2023, to permit the issuance of the convertible senior notes and the purchase of the convertible note hedge transactions (as described in Note 11, Convertible Senior Notes), expand the Company’s flexibility to make restricted payments (including common stock repurchases), and replace the total net leverage covenant, as well as to remove and replace the interest rate benchmark based on the London interbank offered rate (“LIBOR”) and related LIBOR-based mechanics with an interest rate benchmark based on the secured overnight financing rate (“SOFR”) as administered by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and related SOFR-based mechanics.
Omnicell, Inc. entered into a Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Second A&R Credit Agreement”) on October 10, 2023, with the lenders from time to time party thereto, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., PNC Capital Markets LLC and TD Securities (USA) LLC as joint lead arrangers and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent. The Second A&R Credit Agreement supersedes the Prior A&R Credit Agreement and provides for (a) a five-year revolving credit facility of $350.0 million (the “Current Revolving Credit Facility”) and (b) an uncommitted incremental loan facility of up to an amount equal to the sum of (i) the greater of $250.0 million and 100 % of the adjusted consolidated EBITDA for the last four quarters and (ii) additional amounts subject to pro forma compliance with certain consolidated secured net leverage ratio (the “Current Incremental Facility”). In addition, the Second A&R Credit Agreement includes a letter of credit sub-limit of up to $15.0 million and a swing line loan sub-limit of up to $25.0 million. The
F-26
Table of Contents
Second A&R Credit Agreement has an expiration date of October 10, 2028, subject to acceleration under certain conditions, upon which date all remaining outstanding borrowings will be due and payable.
Loans under the Current Revolving Credit Facility bear interest, at Omnicell, Inc.’s option, at a rate equal to either (a) the Adjusted Term SOFR (as defined in the Second A&R Credit Agreement), plus an applicable margin ranging from 1.50 % to 2.25 % per annum based on the Company’s Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Second A&R Credit Agreement), or (b) an alternate base rate equal to the highest of (i) the prime rate, (ii) the federal funds rate plus 0.50 %, and (iii) the Adjusted Term SOFR for an interest period of one month plus 1.00 %, plus an applicable margin ranging from 0.50 % to 1.25 % per annum based on the Company’s Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio. Undrawn commitments under the Current Revolving Credit Facility are subject to a commitment fee ranging from 0.20 % to 0.35 % per annum based on the Company’s Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio on the average daily unused portion of the Current Revolving Credit Facility. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Current Revolving Credit Facility or Current Incremental Facility Omnicell, Inc. is permitted to make voluntary prepayments at any time without payment of a premium or penalty. The availability of funds under the Current Revolving Credit Facility may be subject to reduction in order to maintain compliance with the financial covenants under the Second A&R Credit Agreement.
The Second A&R Credit Agreement contains customary representations and warranties and customary affirmative and negative covenants applicable to the Company, including, among other things, restrictions on indebtedness, liens, investments, mergers, dispositions, dividends, and other distributions. The Second A&R Credit Agreement contains financial covenants that require the Company to not exceed a maximum consolidated secured net leverage ratio (not to exceed 3.00 :1) and maintain a minimum consolidated interest coverage ratio (not to be less than 3.00 :1). In addition, the Second A&R Credit Agreement contains certain customary events of default including, but not limited to, failure to pay interest, principal, and fees, or other amounts when due, material misrepresentations or misstatements in any representation or warranty, covenant defaults, certain cross defaults to other material indebtedness, certain judgment defaults, and events of bankruptcy.
Omnicell, Inc.’s obligations under the Second A&R Credit Agreement and, at the election of Omnicell, Inc. and the contracting counterparty, any secured swap obligations and banking services obligations owing to a lender (or an affiliate of a lender) are guaranteed by certain of its domestic subsidiaries and secured by substantially all of its and such subsidiary guarantors’ assets. In connection with entering into the Second A&R Credit Agreement, and as a condition precedent to borrowing loans thereunder, Omnicell, Inc. and certain of Omnicell, Inc.’s other direct and indirect subsidiaries have entered into certain ancillary agreements, including, but not limited to, a reaffirmation agreement, which amends certain terms of the existing collateral agreement and reaffirms their obligations under the existing guaranty agreement.
As of both December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Company had $350.0 no
Note 11. Convertible Senior Notes
On September 25, 2020, Omnicell, Inc. completed a private offering of $575.0 million aggregate principal amount of 0.25 % convertible senior notes (the “2025 Notes”), including the exercise in full of the initial purchasers’ option to purchase up to an additional $75.0 million principal amount of the 2025 Notes. As referred to in this Note 11, “Omnicell, Inc.” or the “Company” refers only to Omnicell, Inc., excluding its subsidiaries. Omnicell, Inc. received proceeds from the issuance of the 2025 Notes of $559.7 million, net of $15.3 million of transaction fees and other debt issuance costs. The 2025 Notes were issued pursuant to an indenture, dated September 25, 2020 (the “2025 Notes Indenture”), between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. Prior to maturity, the 2025 Notes were general senior, unsecured obligations of the Company and bore interest at a rate of 0.25 % per year, payable semiannually in arrears on March 15 and September 15 of each year, beginning on March 15, 2021.
In November 2024, the Company entered into separate, privately negotiated transactions with certain holders of the 2025 Notes to repurchase $400.0 million of aggregate principal amount of the 2025 Notes for approximately $391.0 million of cash. The Company accounted for the partial repurchase of 2025 Notes as a debt extinguishment and recorded a $7.2 million gain on extinguishment, which included a partial write-off of previously deferred debt issuance costs of $1.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2024.
The 2025 Notes matured on September 15, 2025 and the Company repaid the remaining principal balance of $175.0 million and $0.2 million of accrued interest in cash.
F-27
Table of Contents
On November 22, 2024, Omnicell, Inc. completed a private offering of $172.5 million aggregate principal amount of 1.00 % Convertible Senior Notes due 2029 (the “2029 Notes”), including the exercise in full of the initial purchasers’ option to purchase up to an additional $22.5 million aggregate principal amount of the 2029 Notes. Omnicell, Inc. received proceeds from the issuance of the 2029 Notes of $166.3 million, net of $6.2 million of transaction fees and other debt issuance costs. The 2029 Notes bear interest at a rate of 1.00 % per year, payable semiannually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year, beginning on June 1, 2025. The 2029 Notes were issued pursuant to an indenture, dated November 22, 2024 (the “2029 Notes Indenture”), between the Company and U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association, as trustee. The 2029 Notes are general senior, unsecured obligations of the Company and will mature on December 1, 2029, unless earlier redeemed, purchased, or converted.
The 2029 Notes are convertible at any time prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding August 1, 2029, only under the following circumstances: (i) during any fiscal quarter commencing after the fiscal quarter ending on March 31, 2025 (and only during such fiscal quarter), if the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during a period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on, and including, the last trading day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter is greater than or equal to 130 % of the conversion price for the 2029 Notes on each applicable trading day; (ii) during the five business day period after any ten consecutive trading day period (the “measurement period”) in which the “trading price” (as defined in the 2029 Notes Indenture) per $1,000 principal amount of the 2029 Notes for each trading day of the measurement period was less than 98 % of the product of the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock and the conversion rate for the 2029 Notes on each such trading day; (iii) if the Company calls such 2029 Notes for redemption, at any time prior to the close of business on the scheduled trading day immediately preceding the redemption date, but only with respect to the 2029 Notes called (or deemed called) for redemption; or (iv) upon the occurrence of specified corporate events as set forth in the 2029 Notes Indenture. On or after August 1, 2029 until the close of business on the second scheduled trading day immediately preceding the maturity date, holders of the 2029 Notes may convert all or any portion of their 2029 Notes at any time, regardless of the foregoing conditions.
During the three months ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, none of the conditional conversion features of the 2029 Notes were triggered, and therefore, the 2029 Notes are not convertible during the first quarter of 2026, commencing on January 1, 2026, and were not convertible during the first quarter of 2025, commencing on January 1, 2025.
Upon conversion, the Company will pay cash up to the aggregate principal amount of the 2029 Notes to be converted and pay or deliver, as the case may be, cash, shares of the Company’s common stock or a combination of cash and shares of the Company’s common stock, at the Company’s election, in respect to the remainder, if any, of the Company’s conversion obligation in excess of the aggregate principal amount of the 2029 Notes being converted, in the manner and subject to the terms and conditions provided in the 2029 Notes Indenture.
The initial conversion rate for the 2029 Notes is 17.4662 shares of the Company’s common stock per $1,000 principal amount of the 2029 Notes, which is equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $57.25 per share of the Company’s common stock, subject to adjustment under certain circumstances in accordance with the terms of the 2029 Notes Indenture. In addition, following certain corporate events that occur prior to the maturity date of the 2029 Notes or if the Company delivers a notice of redemption in respect of the 2029 Notes, the Company will, under certain circumstances, increase the conversion rate of the 2029 Notes for a holder who elects to convert its 2029 Notes (or any portion thereof) in connection with such a corporate event or convert its 2029 Notes called (or deemed called) for redemption during the related redemption period (as defined in the 2029 Notes Indenture), as the case may be.
If the Company undergoes a fundamental change (as defined in the 2029 Notes Indenture), holders may require, subject to certain exceptions, the Company to repurchase for cash all or any portion of their 2029 Notes at a fundamental change repurchase price equal to 100 % of the principal amount of the 2029 Notes to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the fundamental change repurchase date. As of December 31, 2025, none of the criteria for a fundamental change or a conversion rate adjustment had been met.
The Company may not redeem the 2029 Notes prior to December 6, 2027. The Company may redeem for cash all or any portion of the 2029 Notes, at its option, on or after December 6, 2027, if the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock has been at least 130 % of the conversion price for the 2029 Notes then in effect for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during any 30 consecutive trading day period (including the last trading day of such period) ending on, and including, the trading day immediately preceding the date on which the Company provides notice of redemption at a redemption price equal to 100 % of the principal amount of the 2029 Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the redemption date. The Company may not redeem less than all of the outstanding 2029 Notes unless at least $100.0 million aggregate principal amount of 2029 Notes are outstanding and not called for redemption as of the time the Company sends the related notice of redemption. No sinking fund is provided for in the 2029 Notes.
F-28
Table of Contents
The debt issuance costs associated with the 2029 Notes are being amortized to interest expense over the term of the 2029 Notes using an effective interest rate of 1.75 %. As of December 31, 2025, the remaining life of the 2029 Notes and the related issuance cost accretion is approximately 3.9 years.
The maximum number of shares issuable upon conversion, including the effect of a fundamental change and subject to other conversion rate adjustments, would be approximately 3.0 million shares. As of December 31, 2025, the if-converted value of the 2029 Notes did not exceed the principal amount.
The 2025 Notes and the 2029 Notes consisted of the following balances:
| December 31, | |||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | ||||||||||
| (In thousands) | |||||||||||
| 2025 Notes: | |||||||||||
| Principal amount | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Unamortized debt issuance costs | ( | ||||||||||
| Convertible senior notes, net, current | $ | $ | |||||||||
| 2029 Notes: | |||||||||||
| Principal amount | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Unamortized debt issuance costs | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Convertible senior notes, net, noncurrent | $ | $ | |||||||||
The following table summarizes the components of interest expense resulting from the 2025 Notes and the 2029 Notes recognized in interest and other income (expense), net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations:
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||||||
| (In thousands) | |||||||||||||||||
| Contractual coupon interest: | |||||||||||||||||
| 2025 Notes | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
| 2029 Notes | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
| Amortization of debt issuance costs: | |||||||||||||||||
| 2025 Notes | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
| 2029 Notes | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
Convertible Note Hedge and Warrant Transactions
In connection with the issuance of the 2025 Notes in September 2020 and the 2029 Notes in November 2024, the Company entered into convertible note hedges and warrants transactions, respectively, with certain initial purchasers of the 2025 Notes and the 2029 Notes or affiliates thereof and certain other financial institutions (the “option counterparties”).
The convertible note hedges related to the 2025 Notes consisted of call options for the Company to purchase, subject to anti-dilution adjustments substantially similar to those applicable to the 2025 Notes, up to approximately 5.9 million shares of the Company’s common stock, which is equal to the number of shares of the Company’s common stock underlying the 2025 Notes at the time of its issuance, at an initial strike price of approximately $97.32 per share. The convertible note hedges related to the 2029 Notes consisted of call options for the Company to purchase up to, subject to anti-dilution adjustments substantially similar to those applicable to the 2029 Notes, approximately 3.0 million shares of the Company’s common stock, which is equal to the number of shares of the Company’s common stock underlying the 2029 Notes at the time of its issuance, at an initial strike price of approximately $57.25 per share. The convertible note hedges expire upon the maturity of the respective convertible notes, if not earlier exercised or terminated. The cost of the convertible note hedges related to the 2025 Notes and the 2029 Notes was approximately $100.6 million and $40.3 million, respectively, and each was accounted for as an equity instrument, each of which was recorded in additional paid-in capital in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. In addition, the Company recorded a deferred tax asset of $25.8 million and $10.2 million, respectively, at issuance related to the convertible note hedges for the 2025 Notes and the 2029 Notes. The 2029 Notes convertible note hedges are expected generally to reduce
F-29
Table of Contents
the potential dilution to the Company’s common stock upon any conversion of the 2029 Notes and/or offset any cash payments the Company may be required to make in excess of the principal amount of the converted 2029 Notes.
Separately from the convertible note hedges, in September 2020 and November 2024, the Company entered into warrant transactions to sell to the respective option counterparties warrants to acquire, subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments, up to approximately 5.9 million shares of its common stock at an initial strike price of approximately $141.56 and approximately 3.0 million shares of its common stock at an initial strike price of approximately $84.82 per share related to the 2025 Notes and the 2029 Notes, respectively. The warrants require net share or net cash settlement upon the Company’s election. The Company received aggregate proceeds of approximately $51.3 million and $25.2 million for the issuance of the warrants related to the 2025 Notes and the 2029 Notes, respectively, which was recorded in additional paid-in capital at issuance in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The warrants could separately have a dilutive effect to the Company’s common stock to the extent that the market price per share of its common stock, as measured under the warrants, exceeds the strike price of the warrants.
In November 2024, in connection with the partial repurchase of the 2025 Notes, the Company entered into unwind agreements with the existing option counterparties to the convertible note hedges and warrants related to the 2025 Notes to terminate a portion of the existing convertible note hedges and warrants related to the 2025 Notes at a notional amount corresponding to the amount of the 2025 Notes repurchased, resulting in an immaterial gain.
On September 15, 2025, the convertible note hedges related to the remaining 2025 Notes expired concurrently with the maturity of the 2025 Notes. No settlement was required as the Company’s stock price remained below the strike price at that time. In addition, following maturity of the 2025 Notes, the warrants issued in connection with the 2025 Notes will terminate between December 15, 2025 and June 8, 2026.
Note 12. Lessor Leases
Sales-Type Leases
The following table presents the Company’s income recognized from sales-type leases:
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||||||
| (In thousands) | |||||||||||||||||
| Sales-type lease revenues | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
| Cost of sales-type lease revenues | ( | ( | ( | ||||||||||||||
| Selling profit on sales-type lease revenues | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
The receivables as a result of these types of transactions are collateralized by the underlying equipment leased and consist of the following components:
| December 31, | |||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | ||||||||||
| (In thousands) | |||||||||||
| Net minimum lease payments to be received | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Less: Unearned interest income portion | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Net investment in sales-type leases | |||||||||||
Less: Current portion (1) | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Long-term investment in sales-type leases, net | $ | $ | |||||||||
_________________________________________________
(1) The current portion of the net investment in sales-type leases is included in other current assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
The carrying amount of the Company’s sales-type lease receivables is a reasonable estimate of fair value.
F-30
Table of Contents
The maturity schedule of future minimum lease payments under sales-type leases retained in-house and the reconciliation to the net investment in sales-type leases reported on the Consolidated Balance Sheets was as follows:
| December 31, 2025 | |||||
| (In thousands) | |||||
| 2026 | $ | ||||
| 2027 | |||||
| 2028 | |||||
| 2029 | |||||
| 2030 | |||||
| Thereafter | |||||
| Total future minimum sales-type lease payments | |||||
| Present value adjustment | ( | ||||
| Total net investment in sales-type leases | $ | ||||
Note 13. Lessee Leases
The Company has operating leases for office buildings, data centers, office equipment, and vehicles. The Company’s leases have initial terms of to twelve years . As of December 31, 2025, the Company did not have any additional material operating leases that were entered into, but not yet commenced.
The maturity schedule of future minimum lease payments under operating leases and the reconciliation to the operating lease liabilities reported on the Consolidated Balance Sheets was as follows:
| December 31, 2025 | |||||
| (In thousands) | |||||
| 2026 | $ | ||||
| 2027 | |||||
| 2028 | |||||
| 2029 | |||||
| 2030 | |||||
| Thereafter | |||||
| Total operating lease payments | |||||
| Present value adjustment | ( | ||||
Total operating lease liabilities (1) | $ | ||||
_________________________________________________
(1) Amount consists of a current and long-term portion of operating lease liabilities of $12.0 million and $24.8 million, respectively. The current portion of the operating lease liabilities is included in in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Operating lease costs were $10.1 million, $10.3 million, and $10.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023, respectively. Short-term lease costs and variable lease costs were not material for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023. During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company recorded impairment and abandonment charges to operating lease right-of-use assets of $10.0 million, in connection with restructuring activities to reduce its real estate footprint and for optimization of certain leased facilities. The impairment and abandonment charges were recorded to selling, general, and administrative expenses on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. Refer to Note 18, Restructuring Expenses, for additional information regarding the Company’s restructuring activities.
F-31
Table of Contents
The following table summarizes supplemental cash flow information related to the Company’s operating leases:
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||||||
| (In thousands) | |||||||||||||||||
| Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
| Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new lease liabilities | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
The following table summarizes the weighted-average remaining lease term and weighted-average discount rate related to the Company’s operating leases:
| December 31, | |||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | ||||||||||
| Weighted-average remaining lease term, years | |||||||||||
| Weighted-average discount rate, % | % | % | |||||||||
Note 14. Commitments and Contingencies
Purchase Obligations
In the ordinary course of business, the Company issues purchase orders based on its current manufacturing needs. As of December 31, 2025, the Company had non-cancelable purchase commitments of $130.5 million, of which $123.1 million are expected to be paid within the next twelve months.
Legal Proceedings
The Company is currently involved in various legal proceedings.
As required under ASC 450, Contingencies, the Company accrues for contingencies when it believes that a loss is probable and that it can reasonably estimate the amount of any such loss. The Company has not recorded any material accrual for contingent liabilities associated with any current legal proceedings based on its belief that any potential material loss, while reasonably possible, is not probable. Furthermore, any possible range of loss in these matters either cannot be reasonably estimated at this time or is not deemed material. The Company believes that it has valid defenses with respect to legal proceedings pending against it. However, litigation is inherently unpredictable, and it is possible that cash flows or results of operations could be materially affected in any particular period by the unfavorable resolution of legal proceedings or because of the diversion of management’s attention and the creation of significant expenses, regardless of outcome.
The Company is not a party to any legal proceedings that management believes may have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.
Guarantees
Under the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws, the Company has agreed to indemnify its directors and executive officers to the fullest extent not prohibited by Delaware and other applicable law, subject to certain exceptions. The Company has entered into individual indemnification agreements with its directors and officers. The term of the indemnification period is for the entirety of the director’s or officer’s service to the Company and continues so long as the director or officer may be subject to any claim, action, or proceeding, and there is no limit on the potential amount of future payments that the Company could be required to make under these indemnification agreements. The Company has purchased a directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy that may enable it to recover a portion of any future payments that it may be required to make under these indemnification agreements. Assuming the applicability of coverage and the willingness of the insurer to assume coverage and subject to certain retention, loss limits, and other policy provisions, the Company believes it is unlikely that the Company will be required to pay any material amounts pursuant to these indemnification obligations. However, no assurances can be given that the insurers will not attempt to dispute the validity, applicability, or amount of coverage without expensive and time-consuming litigation against the insurers.
Additionally, the Company undertakes indemnification obligations in its ordinary course of business in connection with, among other things, the sale or licensing of its products and the provision of its support services. In the ordinary course of the Company’s business, the Company has in the past and may in the future agree to indemnify another party, generally its business affiliates or customers, against certain losses suffered or incurred by the indemnified party in connection with various types of claims, which may include, without limitation, claims of intellectual property infringement, certain tax liabilities, its gross negligence or intentional acts in the performance of services, and violations of laws. The term of these indemnification
F-32
Table of Contents
obligations is generally perpetual, but typically will not extend beyond the applicable statute of limitation pursuant to applicable law. In general, the Company attempts to limit the maximum potential amount of future payments that it may be required to make under these indemnification obligations to the amounts paid to it by a customer, but in some cases the obligation may not be so limited.
In addition, the Company has in the past and may in the future warrant to its customers that its products will conform to certain representations, which may include functional specifications for a limited period of time following the date of installation (generally not exceeding 30 days) or that its software media is free from material defects. Sales contracts for certain of the Company’s medication packaging systems may have in the past and may in the future include limited warranties for up to six months , but the periodic activity and ending warranty balances the Company records have historically not been material.
Note 15. Employee Benefits and Share-Based Compensation
Equity Incentive Plans
1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
The Company has an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”), under which employees can purchase shares of its common stock based on a percentage of their compensation, but not greater than 15 % of their earnings; provided, however, an eligible employee’s right to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock may not accrue at a rate which exceeds $25,000 of the fair market value of such shares for each calendar year in which such rights are outstanding. The purchase price per share must be equal to the lower of 85 % of the fair value of the common stock at the beginning of a 24 -month offering period or the end of each six-month purchasing period.
2009 Equity Incentive Plan
The 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (“2009 Plan”), as amended, provides for the issuance of incentive stock options, RSAs, RSUs, PSUs, and other stock awards to the Company’s employees, directors, and consultants.
RSUs generally vest over periods of up to four years , with one-fourth of the shares vesting one year from the vesting commencement date with respect to initial grants, and the remaining shares vesting in 12 equal quarterly installments thereafter. Awards of restricted stock to non-employee directors are granted on the date of the annual meeting of stockholders and vest in full on the date of the next annual meeting of stockholders, provided such non-employee director remains a director on such date. PSUs granted to the Company’s executives may include performance and market conditions. PSUs become eligible for vesting when certain market or performance conditions are met. PSUs generally vest over periods of up to four years , with one-fourth of the shares vesting approximately one year from the vesting commencement date with respect to initial grants and upon confirmation by the Compensation Committee that the performance target has been met, and the remaining shares generally vesting in equal semi-annual or quarterly installments over the remaining three years . Vesting is contingent upon continued service.
F-33
Table of Contents
Share-Based Compensation Expense
The following table sets forth the total share-based compensation expense:
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||||||
| (In thousands) | |||||||||||||||||
| Cost of product and service revenues | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
| Research and development | |||||||||||||||||
| Selling, general, and administrative | |||||||||||||||||
| Total share-based compensation expense | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
During the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company capitalized approximately $2.4 million and $3.6 million, respectively, of non-cash share-based compensation expense to internal-use and external-use software development costs related to internal labor. The Company did not capitalize any material non-cash share-based compensation expense to inventory during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024. Income tax expense realized from share-based compensation was $4.4 million, $5.4 million, and $6.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023, respectively.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”)
The following assumptions were used to value shares under the ESPP:
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||||||
| Expected life, years | |||||||||||||||||
| Expected volatility, % | |||||||||||||||||
| Risk-free interest rate, % | |||||||||||||||||
| Dividend yield, % | % | % | % | ||||||||||||||
For the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, employees purchased approximately 612,000 and 524,000 shares of common stock, respectively, under the ESPP at a weighted-average price of $24.55 and $24.14 , respectively.
Stock Options
There were no 200,000 shares of options at the weighted-average fair value per share of options of $19.48 .
The following table summarizes the stock option activity under the 2009 Plan:
Number of Shares | Weighted-Average Exercise Price | Weighted-Average Remaining Years | Aggregate Intrinsic Value | ||||||||||||||||||||
| (In thousands, except per share data) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Outstanding at December 31, 2024 | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Granted | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Exercised | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Expired | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Forfeited | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Outstanding at December 31, 2025 | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Exercisable at December 31, 2025 | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2025 and thereafter | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||
F-34
Table of Contents
Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”)
The following table summarizes the RSU activity under the 2009 Plan:
Number of Shares | Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value | Weighted-Average Remaining Years | Aggregate Intrinsic Value | ||||||||||||||||||||
| (In thousands, except per share data) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Outstanding at December 31, 2024 | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Granted | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Vested | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Forfeited | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Outstanding and unvested at December 31, 2025 | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||
The weighted-average grant date fair value per share of RSUs granted during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 was $32.13 , $40.35 , and $63.74 , respectively. The total fair value of RSUs that vested in the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 was $33.5 million, $34.1 million, and $38.0 million, respectively.
As of December 31, 2025, total unrecognized compensation cost related to RSUs was $44.9 million, which is expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted-average vesting period of 2.7 years.
Performance-Based Stock Unit Awards (“PSUs”)
During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company granted 177,069 PSUs to its executive officers, of which 176 % became eligible for vesting upon the achievement of a certain level of shareholder return. During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company granted 139,348 PSUs to its executive officers, of which 0 % to 200 % may become eligible for vesting depending on the level of shareholder return for the period from March 1, 2025 through March 1, 2026.
The number of shares that vest at the end of the performance period depends on the percentile ranking of the total shareholder return for Omnicell stock over the performance period relative to the total shareholder return of certain companies in the healthcare sector of the S&P 400 and S&P 600 indexes. Stock price appreciation is calculated based on the trailing 20 -day average stock price just prior to the first trading day of March in the grant year, compared to the trailing 20 -day average stock price just prior to the first trading day of March in the year subsequent to the grant year.
The following table summarizes the PSU activity under the 2009 Plan:
Number of Shares | Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value | ||||||||||
| (In thousands, except per share data) | |||||||||||
| Outstanding at December 31, 2024 | $ | ||||||||||
| Granted (Awarded) | |||||||||||
| Additional granted based on performance achievement | |||||||||||
| Vested (Released) | ( | ||||||||||
| Forfeited | ( | ||||||||||
| Outstanding and unvested at December 31, 2025 | $ | ||||||||||
The weighted-average grant date fair value per share of PSUs granted during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 was $32.66 , $28.67 , and $122.29 , respectively. The total fair value of PSUs that vested in the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 was $3.9 million, $1.6 million, and $6.1 million, respectively.
As of December 31, 2025, total unrecognized compensation cost related to PSUs was approximately $2.3 million, which is expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted-average vesting period of 2.1 years.
F-35
Table of Contents
Summary of Shares Reserved for Future Issuance under Equity Incentive Plans
The Company had the following ordinary shares reserved for future issuance under its equity incentive plans as of December 31, 2025:
| Number of Shares | |||||
| (In thousands) | |||||
| Stock options outstanding | |||||
| Non-vested restricted stock awards | |||||
| Shares authorized for future issuance | |||||
| ESPP shares available for future issuance | |||||
| Total shares reserved for future issuance | |||||
401(k) Plan
Note 16. Stock Repurchase Programs
On May 22, 2025, the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) authorized a new stock repurchase program, which does not expire, providing for the repurchase of up to $75.0 million of the Company’s common stock (the “2025 Repurchase Program”). The 2025 Repurchase Program is in addition to the stock repurchase program approved by the Board on August 2, 2016 providing for the repurchase of up to $50.0 million of the Company’s common stock (the “2016 Repurchase Program”).
As of December 31, 2024, the maximum dollar value of shares that may yet be purchased under the 2016 Repurchase Program was $2.7 million and during the second quarter of 2025, the 2016 Repurchase Program was completed. As of December 31, 2025, the 2025 Repurchase Program was substantially completed.
The timing, price, and volume of repurchases are to be based on a variety of factors, including market conditions, relevant securities laws and regulatory requirements, and other corporate considerations, as determined by the Company’s management. Stock repurchases may be made from time to time on the open market, through block trades, in privately negotiated transactions, accelerated or other structured stock repurchase programs, or pursuant to a Rule 10b5-1 plan. The 2025 Repurchase Program does not obligate the Company to repurchase any specific number of shares, and the Company may terminate or suspend the 2025 Repurchase Program at any time.
During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company repurchased approximately 2,523,000 shares of its common stock under the repurchase programs at an average price of $30.74 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $77.6 million. During the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024, the Company did not
F-36
Table of Contents
Note 17. Income Taxes
The following is a geographical breakdown of income (loss) before income taxes:
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||||||
| (In thousands) | |||||||||||||||||
| Domestic | $ | $ | $ | ( | |||||||||||||
| Foreign | |||||||||||||||||
| Income (loss) before income taxes | $ | $ | $ | ( | |||||||||||||
The provision for income taxes consisted of the following:
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||||||
| (In thousands) | |||||||||||||||||
| Current: | |||||||||||||||||
| Federal | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
| State | |||||||||||||||||
| Foreign | |||||||||||||||||
| Total current income taxes | |||||||||||||||||
| Deferred: | |||||||||||||||||
| Federal | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||
| State | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||
| Foreign | ( | ( | ( | ||||||||||||||
| Total deferred income taxes | ( | ( | ( | ||||||||||||||
| Total provision for income taxes | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
F-37
Table of Contents
The following table provides the updated disclosure requirements under ASU 2023-09, which the Company adopted prospectively for annual periods beginning in 2025. The provision for income taxes differs from the amount computed by applying the statutory federal tax rate as follows:
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||
| 2025 | |||||||||||
| (In thousands) | % | ||||||||||
| U.S. federal tax provision at statutory rate | $ | % | |||||||||
State income taxes, net of federal benefit (1) | % | ||||||||||
| Foreign rate differential: | |||||||||||
| Germany | |||||||||||
| Statutory rate difference between Germany and U.S. | % | ||||||||||
| Effect of changes in tax laws or rates enacted in the current period | % | ||||||||||
Net operating loss (“NOL”) adjustment due to audit settlement | ( | ( | % | ||||||||
| Other | % | ||||||||||
| Other | ( | ( | % | ||||||||
| Effect of cross-border tax laws: | |||||||||||
| Global intangible low-taxed income | % | ||||||||||
| Foreign derived intangible income (“FDII”) | ( | ( | % | ||||||||
| Other | % | ||||||||||
| Tax credits: | |||||||||||
| Research and development (“R&D”) credits | ( | ( | % | ||||||||
| Non-taxable or non-deductible items: | |||||||||||
| Share-based compensation expense | % | ||||||||||
| Non-deductible officer compensation (Section 162(m)) | % | ||||||||||
| Meals and entertainment | % | ||||||||||
| Other adjustments | ( | % | |||||||||
| Changes in unrecognized tax benefits | % | ||||||||||
| Total provision for income taxes | $ | % | |||||||||
_________________________________________________
(1) State taxes in New York, Texas, Pennsylvania, Florida and Minnesota made up the majority (greater than 50%) of the tax effect in this category.
F-38
Table of Contents
As previously disclosed for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, prior to the adoption of ASU 2023-09, the provision for income taxes differs from the amount computed by applying the statutory federal tax rate as follows:
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||||
(In thousands) | |||||||||||
| U.S. federal tax provision at statutory rate | $ | $ | ( | ||||||||
| State taxes | ( | ||||||||||
| Section 162(m) limitation | |||||||||||
| Non-deductible expenses | |||||||||||
| Uncertain tax positions | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Share-based compensation tax expense | |||||||||||
| Research tax credits | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Gain on extinguishment of debt | |||||||||||
| Foreign-derived intangible income deduction | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Global intangible low-taxed income inclusion | |||||||||||
| Foreign rate differential | |||||||||||
| Foreign branch taxes | ( | ||||||||||
| Transaction cost | |||||||||||
| Provision to return true up | ( | ||||||||||
| State rate true up | |||||||||||
| Other | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Total provision for income taxes | $ | $ | |||||||||
The amount of cash income taxes paid, net of refunds received, consisted of the following:
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||
| 2025 | |||||
| (In thousands) | |||||
U.S. Federal (1) | $ | ||||
| U.S. State and Local | |||||
| Foreign | |||||
| Total cash paid for income taxes, net of refunds received | $ | ||||
_________________________________________________
(1) Individual jurisdictions equaling 5% or more of the total income taxes paid, net of refunds received, for the year ended December 31, 2025 include U.S. Federal of $11.5 million.
The amount of cash income taxes paid, net of refunds received, by the Company during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 was $11.3 million and $20.2 million, respectively.
The Organization for Economic Co-Operation and Development (“OECD”) introduced Base Erosion and Profit Shifting (“BEPS”) Pillar Two rules that impose a global minimum tax rate of 15% on multi-national corporations. These rules did not have an impact on the Company’s provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2025. The Company continues to monitor evolving tax legislation in the jurisdictions in which it operates.
F-39
Table of Contents
Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets (liabilities) were as follows:
| December 31, | |||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | ||||||||||
| (In thousands) | |||||||||||
Deferred tax assets: | |||||||||||
| Deferred revenues | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Share-based compensation | |||||||||||
| Inventory-related items | |||||||||||
| Tax credit carryforwards | |||||||||||
| Reserves and accruals | |||||||||||
| Loss carryforwards | |||||||||||
| Lease liability | |||||||||||
| Convertible debt | |||||||||||
| Capitalized research and development | |||||||||||
| Other, net | |||||||||||
| Gross deferred tax assets | |||||||||||
| Valuation allowance | |||||||||||
| Total net deferred tax assets | |||||||||||
Deferred tax liabilities: | |||||||||||
| Intangibles | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Prepaid expenses | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Right-of-use assets | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Total deferred tax liabilities | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Net deferred tax assets | $ | $ | |||||||||
Deferred income tax assets (liabilities) are provided for temporary differences that will result in future tax deductions or future taxable income, as well as the future benefit of tax credit carryforwards. The Company recognizes deferred tax assets to the extent that it believes these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In making such a determination, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies, and results of recent operations. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company does no
As of December 31, 2025, the Company had no federal net operating loss carryforward and $9.5 million of state net operating loss carryforwards. The Company also has $22.4 million of foreign net operating losses carried forward indefinitely. For income tax purposes, the Company had no federal research tax credit carryforward and a California research tax credit carryforward of $21.2 million. California research tax credits are carried forward indefinitely to reduce cash taxes payable.
It is the Company’s practice and intention to reinvest the earnings of its non-U.S. subsidiaries in those operations. As of December 31, 2025, the Company has not made a provision for U.S. federal income, withholding, and state income taxes on the outside basis difference related to certain foreign subsidiaries because earnings are intended to be indefinitely reinvested in operations outside the U.S.
The Company files income tax returns in the United States and various state and foreign jurisdictions. In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to examinations by taxing authorities, including major jurisdictions such as the United States, Germany, Italy, France, the United Kingdom and India. With few exceptions, as of December 31, 2025, the Company was no longer subject to federal U.S., state, and foreign tax examinations for years before 2022, 2021, and 2021, respectively.
F-40
Table of Contents
The following table summarizes the aggregate change in the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefit, which excludes interest and penalties:
| (In thousands) | |||||
| Balance as of December 31, 2022 | $ | ||||
| Increases related to tax positions taken during a prior period | |||||
| Decreases related to tax positions taken during the prior period | ( | ||||
| Increases related to tax positions taken during the current period | |||||
| Decreases related to expiration of statute of limitations | ( | ||||
| Balance as of December 31, 2023 | |||||
| Increases related to tax positions taken during a prior period | |||||
| Decreases related to tax positions taken during the prior period | ( | ||||
| Increases related to tax positions taken during the current period | |||||
| Decreases related to settlements | ( | ||||
| Decreases related to expiration of statute of limitations | ( | ||||
| Balance as of December 31, 2024 | |||||
Increases related to tax positions taken during a prior period | |||||
| Decreases related to tax positions taken during the prior period | ( | ||||
| Increases related to tax positions taken during the current period | |||||
| Decreases related to expiration of statute of limitations | ( | ||||
| Balance as of December 31, 2025 | $ | ||||
Note 18. Restructuring Expenses
During 2023, due to challenging industry dynamics and macroeconomic conditions, the Company underwent several expense containment measures such as a reduction of its headcount across many of its functions and a reduction of its real estate footprint. During the year ended December 31, 2023, the restructuring initiatives incurred $15.5 million of employee severance costs and related expenses, net of reversals. Refer to Note 13, Lessee Leases for information regarding the Company’s restructuring activities for the reduction of its real estate footprint and optimization of certain leased facilities.
On April 26, 2024, the Company’s management committed to the wind down of the Company’s Medimat Robotic Dispensing System (“RDS”) product line, subject to local law and statutory works council consultation requirements. During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company incurred approximately $6.6 million of employee severance costs and other expenses related to the RDS product line wind down, net of immaterial reversals of previously recognized restructuring expenses. The Company also incurred $5.4 million of inventory write-down charges during the year ended December 31, 2024 related to the RDS product line wind down that were recorded to cost of revenues in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. Further, during the fourth quarter of 2025, the Company incurred additional charges related to the wind down of the Company’s RDS product line. During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company incurred approximately $3.9 million of employee severance costs and other expenses in connection with this initiative.
During the third quarter of 2025, the Company underwent a restructuring initiative within the EnlivenHealth business in order to gain operational efficiency and synergy, and adapt to the recent industry dynamics within the retail pharmacy space. During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company incurred approximately $2.6 million of employee severance and other related expenses in connection with this initiative.
As of December 31, 2025, the unpaid balance related to these restructuring plans was $3.9 million.
F-41
Table of Contents
The following table summarizes the total employee-related restructuring expense, net of reversals:
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||||||
| (In thousands) | |||||||||||||||||
| $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||
| Total restructuring expenses, net of reversals | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
F-42
Table of Contents
SCHEDULE II
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
Balance at Beginning of Period (1) | Charged (Credited) to Costs and Expenses (2) | Amounts Written Off (3) | Other Adjustments (4) | Balance at End of Period (1) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
| (In thousands) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Year ended December 31, 2023 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Accounts receivable and unbilled receivables | $ | $ | $ | ( | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Long-term unbilled receivables | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net investment in sales-type leases | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total allowances deducted from assets | $ | $ | $ | ( | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Year ended December 31, 2024 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Accounts receivable and unbilled receivables | $ | $ | $ | ( | $ | ( | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Long-term unbilled receivables | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net investment in sales-type leases | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total allowances deducted from assets | $ | $ | $ | ( | $ | ( | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Year ended December 31, 2025 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Accounts receivable and unbilled receivables | $ | $ | $ | ( | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Long-term unbilled receivables | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net investment in sales-type leases | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total allowances deducted from assets | $ | $ | $ | ( | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||||
__________________________________________________
(1)Allowance for credit losses.
(2)Represents amounts charged and credited for provisions for credit losses.
(3)Represents amounts written off from the allowance and receivable.
(4)Represents other adjustments, such as foreign currency translation adjustments.
F-43
Table of Contents
INDEX TO EXHIBITS
| Incorporated By Reference | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Exhibit Number | Exhibit Description | Form | Exhibit | Filing Date | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2.1 | Securities Purchase Agreement, dated October 29, 2015, by and among Omnicell International, Inc., Omnicell, Inc., Aesynt Holding, L.P., Aesynt, Ltd., and Aesynt Holding Coöperatief U.A. | 8-K | 2.1 | 10/29/2015 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2.2 | Stock Purchase Agreement, dated November 28, 2016, among Omnicell, Inc., Ateb, Inc., Ateb Canada Ltd., the related stockholders and optionholders, and the stockholders’ agent | 8-K | 2.1 | 11/29/2016 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2.3 | Equity Purchase Agreement, dated August 11, 2020, by and among Omnicell, Inc., PSGH, LLC, BW Apothecary Holdings, LLC, the sellers identified therein and the sellers’ representative | 8-K | 2.1 | 8/12/2020 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2.4 | Amendment No. 1, dated October 1, 2020, to Equity Purchase Agreement, by and among Omnicell, Inc. and the sellers’ representative | 10-Q | 2.2 | 10/30/2020 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 3.1 | Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Omnicell, Inc. | 8-K | 3.1 | 9/20/2001 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 3.2 | Certificate of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Omnicell, Inc. | 10-Q | 3.2 | 8/9/2010 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 3.3 | Certificate of Designation of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock | 10-K | 3.2 | 3/28/2003 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 3.4 | Fourth Amended and Restated Bylaws of Omnicell, Inc. | 8-K | 3.1 | 10/6/2025 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 4.1 | Reference is made to Exhibits 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 4.2 | Form of Common Stock Certificate | S-1/A | 4.1 | 7/24/2001 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 4.3 | Description of Omnicell, Inc.’s Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act | 10-K | 4.7 | 2/26/2020 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 4.4 | Indenture, dated as of November 22, 2024, by and between Omnicell, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee | 8-K | 4.1 | 11/25/2024 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 4.5 | Form of Global Note, representing Omnicell, Inc.’s 1.00% Convertible Senior Notes due 2029 (included as Exhibit A to the Indenture filed as Exhibit 4.1) | 8-K | 4.2 | 11/25/2024 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 10.1* | Omnicell, Inc. Amended and Restated 1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended | S-8 | 99.1 | 5/26/2023 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 10.2* | Omnicell, Inc. 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended | S-8 | 99.1 | 6/18/2025 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 10.3* | Form of Performance Cash Award Grant Notice and Form of Performance Cash Award Agreement for the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended | 10-Q | 10.5 | 8/9/2012 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 10.4* | Form of Restricted Stock Bonus Grant Notice and Form of Restricted Stock Bonus Agreement for 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended | S-8 | 99.4 | 5/24/2018 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 10.5* | Form of Option Grant Notice and Form of Option Agreement for 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended | 8-K | 10.1 | 3/8/2019 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 10.6* | Form of Option Grant Notice and Form of Global Option Agreement for 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended | 10-Q | 10.1 | 7/31/2020 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 10.7* | Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice and Form of Global Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (February 2021) | 10-K | 10.10 | 2/24/2021 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 10.8 | Lease Agreement, dated December 21, 2001, by and between TC Northeast Metro, Inc. and Aesynt Incorporated (formerly McKesson Automation Inc.) | 10-Q | 10.3 | 5/6/2016 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 10.9 | First Amendment to Lease, dated April 8, 2005, by and between Multi-Employer Property Trust and Aesynt Incorporated (formerly McKesson Automation Inc.) | 10-K | 10.24 | 2/24/2021 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Table of Contents
| Incorporated By Reference | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Exhibit Number | Exhibit Description | Form | Exhibit | Filing Date | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 10.10 | Second Amendment to Lease, dated April 21, 2008, by and between NewTower Trust Company Multi-Employer Property Trust and Aesynt Incorporated (formerly McKesson Automation Inc.) | 10-K | 10.25 | 2/24/2021 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 10.11 | Third Amendment to Lease, dated January 11, 2011, between Cranberry Cochran Road, L.P., et al. and Aesynt Incorporated (formerly McKesson Automation Inc.) | 10-K | 10.26 | 2/24/2021 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 10.12 | Fourth Amendment to Lease, dated October 29, 2013, between McKnight Cranberry III, L.P. and Aesynt Incorporated (formerly McKesson Automation Inc.) | 10-K | 10.27 | 2/24/2021 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 10.13 | Fifth Amendment to Lease, dated April 28, 2017, between McKnight Cranberry III, L.P. and Aesynt Incorporated | 10-Q | 10.3 | 5/5/2017 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 10.14 | Sixth Amendment to Lease, dated November 11, 2019, between McKnight Cranberry III, L.P. and Aesynt Incorporated | 10-K | 10.39 | 2/26/2020 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 10.15* | Promotion letter between Omnicell, Inc. and Corey J. Manley dated May 18, 2022 | 10-K | 10.31 | 3/1/2023 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 10.16* | Offer Letter between Omnicell, Inc. and Nchacha E. Etta dated April 30, 2023 | 10-Q | 10.3 | 8/4/2023 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 10.17* | Form of Option Grant Notice and Form of Global Option Agreement for 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (May 2023) | 10-Q | 10.4 | 8/4/2023 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 10.18* | Omnicell, Inc. Executive Severance Plan (amended and restated May 2025) | 10-Q | 10.2 | 8/6/2025 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 10.19 | Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 10, 2023, among Omnicell, Inc., the lenders party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent | 8-K | 10.1 | 10/16/2023 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 10.20* | Form of Restricted Stock Unit Notice and Form of Global Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (August 2023) | 10-Q | 10.3 | 11/3/2023 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 10.21* | Form of Director and Officer Indemnity Agreement | 10-K | 10.32 | 2/28/2024 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 10.22* | Omnicell, Inc. Executive Bonus Plan (amended and restated May 2025) | 10-Q | 10.1 | 8/6/2025 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 10.23* | Offer letter between Omnicell, Inc. and Nnamdi Njoku dated August 15, 2024 | 10-Q | 10.1 | 11/8/2024 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 10.24 | First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of November 18, 2024 among Omnicell, Inc., the lenders party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent | 8-K | 10.1 | 11/18/2024 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 10.25 | Form of Confirmation for Purchased Options | 8-K | 10.1 | 11/25/2024 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 10.26 | Form of Confirmation for Warrants | 8-K | 10.2 | 11/25/2024 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 10.27* | Employment Agreement by and between Omnicell, Inc. and Randall A. Lipps, effective as of March 4, 2025 | 8-K | 10.1 | 3/4/2025 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 10.28* | Separation Agreement dated June 5, 2025 by and between Omnicell, Inc. and Nchacha Etta | 8-K | 10.1 | 6/5/2025 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 10.29* | Form of Global Restricted Stock Unit Notice and Form of Global Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (May 2025) | 10-Q | 10.3 | 8/6/2025 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 10.30* | Form of Global Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Notice and Form of Global Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (May 2025) | 10-Q | 10.4 | 8/6/2025 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 10.31* | Offer Letter between Omnicell, Inc. and Baird Radford dated August 15, 2025 | 10-Q | 10.1 | 11/5/2025 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
19.1*+ | Insider Trading Policies | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
21.1+ | Subsidiaries of the Registrant | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
23.1+ | Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Table of Contents
| Incorporated By Reference | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Exhibit Number | Exhibit Description | Form | Exhibit | Filing Date | ||||||||||||||||||||||
24.1+ | Power of Attorney (included on the signature pages hereto) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
31.1+ | Certification of Chief Executive Officer, as required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
31.2+ | Certification of Chief Financial Officer, as required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
32.1+ | Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as required by Rule 13a-14(b) or Rule 15d-14(b) and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code (18 U.S.C. §1350) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 97.1 | Compensation Clawback Policy | 10-K | 97.1 | 2/28/2024 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
101.INS+ | Inline XBRL Instance Document - The instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
101.SCH+ | Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
101.CAL+ | Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
101.DEF+ | Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
101.LAB+ | Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase Document | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
101.PRE+ | Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
104+ | Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as inline XBRL with applicable taxonomy extension information contained in Exhibits 101). | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
_________________________________________________
* Indicates a management contract, compensation plan, or arrangement.
+ Filed herewith.
Table of Contents
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Annual Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
| OMNICELL, INC. | ||||||||||||||
| Date: | February 26, 2026 | By: | /s/ H. BAIRD RADFORD, III | |||||||||||
Baird Radford, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer | ||||||||||||||
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each of the persons whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Randall A. Lipps and H. Baird Radford, III, each of them acting individually, as his or her attorney-in-fact, each with the full power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming our signatures as they may be signed by our said attorney-in-fact and any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Annual Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
| Signature | Title | Date | ||||||||||||
| /s/ RANDALL A. LIPPS | Chief Executive Officer, President and Chairman of the Board (Principal Executive Officer) | February 26, 2026 | ||||||||||||
| Randall A. Lipps | ||||||||||||||
| /s/ H. BAIRD RADFORD, III | Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) | February 26, 2026 | ||||||||||||
| Baird Radford | ||||||||||||||
/s/ BRIAN H. NUTT | Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer and Corporate Controller (Principal Accounting Officer) | February 26, 2026 | ||||||||||||
Brian H. Nutt | ||||||||||||||
| /s/ JOANNE B. BAUER | February 26, 2026 | |||||||||||||
| Joanne B. Bauer | Director | |||||||||||||
| /s/ EDWARD P. BOUSA | February 26, 2026 | |||||||||||||
| Edward P. Bousa | Director | |||||||||||||
| /s/ MARY A. GARRETT | February 26, 2026 | |||||||||||||
| Mary A. Garrett | Director | |||||||||||||
| /s/ KAUSHIK GHOSHAL | February 26, 2026 | |||||||||||||
| Kaushik Ghoshal | Director | |||||||||||||
| /s/ MARK W. PARRISH | February 26, 2026 | |||||||||||||
| Mark W. Parrish | Director | |||||||||||||
| /s/ BRUCE E. SCOTT | February 26, 2026 | |||||||||||||
| Bruce E. Scott | Director | |||||||||||||
| /s/ ROBIN G. SEIM | February 26, 2026 | |||||||||||||
| Robin G. Seim | Director | |||||||||||||
| /s/ EILEEN J. VOYNICK | February 26, 2026 | |||||||||||||
| Eileen J. Voynick | Director | |||||||||||||
S-1
FAQ
What does Omnicell (OMCL) do in the healthcare technology market?
Omnicell provides automation and software that manage medications across hospitals, health systems, and outpatient pharmacies. Its solutions span central pharmacy robotics, bedside dispensing, specialty pharmacy, adherence packaging, and patient engagement tools designed to improve safety, labor efficiency, and financial performance.
How large is the drug spending market Omnicell (OMCL) targets?
Omnicell targets a medication management market anchored by significant U.S. drug spending. In 2024, prescription drug expenditures reached $806 billion , up 10.2% from 2023, with specialty medications accounting for 51.7% of total spend, supporting demand for automation and analytics-focused pharmacy infrastructure.
What is Omnicell’s OmniSphere platform and why is it important?
OmniSphere is Omnicell’s cloud-based intelligence ecosystem that connects robotics, dispensing cabinets, and software across care settings. It is designed to provide enterprise-wide data, predictive insights, and workflow tools to optimize inventory, detect drug diversion, support DSCSA compliance, and advance the industry vision of the Autonomous Pharmacy.
How geographically concentrated are Omnicell (OMCL) revenues?
Omnicell’s business is primarily North America–focused. For the year ended December 31, 2025 , approximately 90% of revenue came from the United States market, supported by direct sales, group purchasing organization contracts, and a federal supply schedule for certain government healthcare customers.
What product backlog did Omnicell report for 2025?
Omnicell reported total product backlog of $640.3 million as of December 31, 2025 . Short-term backlog was $435.2 million , with $205.2 million categorized as long-term, generally tied to larger or more complex automation projects that are typically implemented over 12–24 months.
How many employees does Omnicell (OMCL) have and where are they located?
As of December 31, 2025 , Omnicell had approximately 3,580 employees worldwide, excluding temporary workers and contractors. About 3,140 of these employees were located in the United States or Canada, supporting product development, manufacturing, sales, services, and global operations.
What ESG and human capital priorities does Omnicell emphasize?
Omnicell highlights ESG initiatives focused on product sustainability, climate-related risk management, and responsible sourcing. Human capital priorities include a “Culture of Care,” pay-for-performance compensation, wellness programs, leadership development, succession planning, and engagement efforts such as its OmniVoices survey, which produced a satisfaction score of 74 in 2025.
Omnicell Com
NASDAQ:OMCL
OMCL Rankings
OMCL Latest News
OMCL Latest SEC Filings
Feb 18, 2026
[Form 4] OMNICELL, INC. Insider Trading Activity
Feb 18, 2026
[Form 4] OMNICELL, INC. Insider Trading Activity
Feb 18, 2026
[Form 4] OMNICELL, INC. Insider Trading Activity
Feb 18, 2026
[Form 4] OMNICELL, INC. Insider Trading Activity
Feb 17, 2026
[144] OMNICELL, INC. SEC Filing